Professional Documents
Culture Documents
YtiUilted Materia1
Teacn
Yourself
COMPLETE
CANTONESE
'r< Jj.;, rc,J.J .md \\ rHC' Wllh <410 h<l< 0\l' I r I) 1m If
c".nml H,.; ''"''"'> f"'' 1od greet
4 ..... ( nnmh..r "''''"' l'J) lhl'
uf fl< (p.l>:<
44) lhc .J.n, ul tlc \\C't'l.
rat 'i ol t \k tor
"hrc"tuUl'\
C
\\ < 'II' r II 111\Xfl, Ill!'
r' 'l' 112) mholhlll
p.1}:< J4f\l p.I):C
(J'.l :<' 191) an.! hn;tllll
!241 \t v.nrk: doullc .!M) IK.II lll>lllt'
J'llt:<' ! 77} ( '11111<"1' I:IIIJII<'IIC' 1r l):t' ,!I{,) ( rl;.!lnlll:lf :!i\\\)
.,.._.,hul.lf\ t p.:tj::C' U I< 1 "II<'< II .uul
''"""'' ""\\. ltJdl\ lllln.tlt.
ColrytiQ.llted Material
Complete Cantonese
This page intentionally left blank
Complete
Cantonese
Hugh Baker and Ho Pui-Kei
For UK order enquiries: please contact
Bookpoint Ltd. 130 Milton Park. Abingdon. Oxon OXr4 4SB.
Telepbane: +44 (o) 1235 h7]2.0.1'<1lc: +44 (o) 1235 400454
Lines are open 0,9.oo-I7.oo. Monday to Saturday. with a
message answering service. Details a bout our titles and how to
order are available at
For USA order enquiries: please contact
McGraw-Hill Customer Services.
PO Box 545. Blacklick. OH 43004-0545. USA-
Telepbane: l'alc: r-614-'755-5645
For Canada order enquiries: please contact
McGraw-Hill Ryerson Ltd.
300 Water St. Whitby. Ontario LrN ,9B6. Canada.
Telepbane: .905 430 sooo. Falc: .905 430
Long renowned as the authoritative source for self'j!uided learning-
with more than so million copies sold worldwide- the T....,b Yow self
series includes over 500 titles in the fields of languages. crafts.
hobbies. business. computing and education_
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data:
a catalogue record for this title is available from the British Library.
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: on file.
First published in UK as TeaGb Yoruself Cmtanese
by Hodder Education. part of Hachette UK. 33 8 Euston Road.
London NWr 3BH.
First published in US as T ... ch Yoruelf Qmtanese
by The McGraw-Hill Companies. Inc
This edition published
The T...ch You'13elf name is a registered trade mark
of Hodder Headline.
Copyright 0 Hugh Baker and Ho Pni-Kei
In UK: All rights reserved. Apart from any pennitted use under UK
copyright no part of this publication may be reproduced or
transmitted in any fonn or by any means:. electronic or mechanical,
including photocopy. recording. or any information. storage and
retrieval system, without pennission in writing from the publisher
or under licence from the Copyright Licensing Agency Limited.
Further details of such licences (for repro graphic reproduction)
may be obtained from the Copyright Licensing Agency Limited. of
Saffron House. 6-ro Kirby Street. London ECrN 8TS.
In US: All rights reserved. Except as pennitted under the United
States Copyright Act of 1,976. no part of this publication may
be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means. or
stored in a database or retrieval system. without the prior written
permission of the publisher.
Typeset by MPS Limited. a Macmillan company.
Printed in Great Britain for Hodder Education.
an Hachette UK Company. 338 Euston Road. LondonNWr 3BH.
by CPI Cox & Wyman. Reading. Berkshire RGr 8EX.
The publisher has used its best endeavours to ensure that the URLs
for external websites referred to in this book are correct and active
at the time of going to press. However. the publisher and the author
have no responsibility for the websites and can make no guarantee
that a site will remain live or that the content will remain relevant.
decent or appropriate.
Hachette UK"s policy is to use papers that are natural. renewable
and recyelable products and made from wood grown in sustainable
forests. The logging and manufacturing processes are ""pected to
conform to the environmental regulations of the country of origin_
Impression number ro .9 8 7 6 54 3 I
Year 2.014 2.013 2.012. 2.0II 2.010
Contents
Meet the authors
Only got a minute?
Only got five minutes?
Only got ten minutes?
Introduction
Pronunciation guide
1 Encounters
Greeting and addressing people Asking questions
Descriptive words
2 Personal property
Numbers Classifiers (words which introduce different types
of nouns) Possessives Question words
3 Family and friends
The irregular verb: to have Words for family members
Final particles
Eating in and eating out
Lonely verbs' More about classifiers Verb endings
5 Shops and markets
More about classifiers and verb endings Two different ways
of saying thank you Days of the week
6 Getting around
Means of transport How to get to places Different kinds
of time Compass directions
7 Revision (1 J
8 Blowing hot and cold
Talking about hot and cold Making adverbs from
adjectives Time when
9 Fun and games
Leisure activities Going on holiday
10 Health care for beginners
Saying how you are feeling Consulting a doctor
More about time Approximate numbers
ix
X
xii
xviii
XXV
xxviii
1
13
25
37
51
79
83
98
110
Contents V
11 The world of fashion 122
Passing judgements Expressing likes and dislikes
More verb endings Large numbers
12 Education for life 134
Colours Making comparisons One thing relative to another
13 Speculation 150
Speculating in Cantonese Shortcuts Alternative questions
14 Revision (2) 1611
15 Tmvelling 169
Travelling vocabulary The way in which actions
are performed Clock time
16 Driving 184
Negative comparisons Different meanings of or
Saying no firmly
17 The uniformed services 196
Complicated descriptive phrases Active or passive verbs
Proximity and distance
18 Lawandorder 211
Law and crime vocabulary Comparative age
Succeeding with verbs
19 Banking and finance 224
Vocabulary for banking transactions Financial matters
More and more Fractions
20 Using the postal system 238
Words relating to money Dates Duration of time
Yet more verb endings
21 Revision (3) 252
22 The office 259
The work environment Colloquial speech patterns
23 Eating out in Hong Kong 274
Cuisines and food Being modest Not only ... but also
24 Leisure activities 288
Hobbies Dou: the last word Immediacy
25 Household affairs 301
Accommodation More food Keeping your distance
Influence of English
26 Revision (4) 312
VI
Appendices
Grammar summary The Chinese writing system
Taking it further
Key to the exercises
Cantonese-English vocabulary
English-Cantonese vocabulary
Credits
317
336
366
~ O i l
~ 9
Contents VI I
This page intentionally left blank
Meet the authors
Hugh Baker taught Chinese (both Cantonese and Putonghua) at
the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London
for 36 years until he retired as Professor of Chinese. Hooked on
the languages and the teaching, he jumped at the chance of a post-
retirement position at the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Ho
Pui-Kei also taught Cantonese as a foreign language throughout
his working career in Hong Kong and he is equally addicted. Both
developed lively interactive styles that kept students amused and
took away the pain of classroom study. They certainly do not
subscribe to the theory that unthinking repetition is the way to
learn, and cannot get their heads round the idea of learning while
asleep with a recording playing under the pillow- in their classes
students had no chance of a nap.
Cantonese is racy, rich and highly colloquial, and it is fun- just
what you'd expect from a lively quick-thinking people. Here you
will not find learned discussion of politics, nor serious philosophy
on the meaning of life. Cantonese people tend to talk about matters
at an apparently superficial level, emphasizing the living of life
rather than analyzing what it is about. Don't be fooled! They
face hardship and problems like the rest of us, and the banter and
joking don't mean that they don't care or think. The authors have
taken the same line. They have aimed to teach the colourful speech
that all Cantonese enjoy and they have made the material light-
hearted in places, but the intention is a noble and serious one - to
teach you the real language as spoken by the real people.
Only got a minute?
Cantonese is one of the most widely spoken of the
Chinese languages. Some 60 million people in the
southern provinces of Guangdong and Guangxi, including
Hong Kong and Macau, speak it or one of its dialects as
native, and many of the overseas Chinese communities
throughout the world use it as a lingua franca.
Historically, it seems that modern Cantonese
is closer to older forms of Chinese than are the other
languages now spoken. There are various ways of
testing this, one of the more interesting being that we
can see many similarities of pronunciation with certain
Japanese words which were 'borrowed' from Chinese
during the Tang dynasty (AD 618-906) and then had
their pronunciation frozen. It is no surprise therefore to
find that Cantonese people often refer to themselves as
'men of Tang' and to their language as 'Tang speech'
But it would be wrong to think of Cantonese as a musty
survival of an ancient speech. Mixed in with the old is a
huge amount of vibrant and constantly changing slang,
and the language seems to have a ready appetite for
absorbing words from non-Cantonese dialects and from
English and other foreign tongues.
The standard version of the language has
traditionally been that of the western district of the city
of Guangzhou (Canton), the administrative and cultural
centre of what two millennia ago was the independent
kingdom of Yueh. Over the past half century, though,
the rise in importance of Hong Kong has meant that it
is the version of the language spoken there that now
tends to be considered the standard, and so we have
used Hong Kong Cantonese here and set the scenes in
and around its famous harbour.
J o; got five minutes?
~ ~ SM4..tarting to learn Chinese often comment that
i r f ~ of German ... or French ... or Spanish ... or
Swedish ... or ... But while each of these languages may have some
similarities, the same could be said of almost any language because
there are some elements (nouns, verbs, adjectives, and so on) that
are pretty well universal, and there are only a limited number of
ways in which they can be ordered. But the total mix of features
that make up Chinese is quite different from that found elsewhere.
The Chinese family of languages is not related to any other
language spoken now, though it is believed that in the very
distant past it was connected with Burmese and Tibetan. The
Japanese and the Koreans borrowed the Chinese writing system,
but their languages are not at all like Chinese. Mongolian has no
connection. Vietnamese has borrowed some vocabulary items from
Chinese, and to a limited extent so has Thai, but that does not
constitute becoming part of the family. It can indeed be helpful to
compare Cantonese with other Chinese languages, but we think
that there is not much to be gained from trying to liken it to other
foreign languages.
Some of the most interesting and basic features that give Cantonese
its special flavour are tones, word order, monosyllables, particles,
and the absence of inflection, and for the advanced learner there
are variations on the universal Chinese script too.
Like all the Chinese languages, Cantonese is 'tonal'. e i ~ English
has tone too -the difference in meaning between She likes bananas
and She likes bananas? (I happen to know that she can't stand
them) is brought about entirely by intonation, manipulating the
pitch and direction of the voice while pronouncing the same
sounds. Cantonese tone is rather different: changing the pitch and
direction doesn't throw different light on the same word, it makes
a totally new word. What this means is that every sound can be
produced/sung in a number of different ways ('tones'), and each
tone can carry a different meaning from the rest. So if sik is sung
as a high note it means to be acquainted with, but as a low note it
means to eat.
Putonghua has four tones, but Cantonese is not content with so
few and makes use of seven altogether. Not every sound exists in
all seven tones, just as English has the possibility of saying sat, set,
sit, sot and sut, but has not assigned any meaning to the last.
Some would-be beginners are frightened by the prospect of
'singing' instead of speaking, but, as with the pronunciation of
unfamiliar sounds in any language, the problems they pose are
quickly overcome, and even the tone deaf can cope, just as tone
deaf Chinese people do. Apart from tones, there are almost no
other pronunciation difficulties for the English speaker.
Perhaps the biggest difference from English is that Cantonese is not
an inflected language. Nouns and verbs have only one form, so the
plural of house is house and the verb to be conjugates as I be, thou
be, he/she/it be, we be, you be, they be. There are no tenses, no
gender, no case, and no subjunctives. And it follows that there are
no 'agreements', since there are no markers for anything to agree
with. It is pointless to look for 'irregular verbs' or 'strong nouns':
how could they exist? If the 'swings' of tones put you off, you can
see that the 'roundabouts' of declension and conjugation more than
compensate.
Of course, inflection and agreements help to make clear the
relationships between words and ideas so that the listener can
receive accurately the information that the
communicate. Not having inflection is not
the past tense form of the verb to go does add anything
to the sentence Yesterday I went to the park, b use yesterday
already tells us that the event is over and don th. Still, there )
is no doubt that inflection is useful as a cornn&cation device.
Cantonese, however, has developed other way=i:put meaning ,
iG!
"1/'11
_1A N
OnlygotfiVil, ___ _ XIII
(
across clearly. In PSicular, the connection between ideas is shown
by strict attention Cvord order in a sentence, and word orders are
really what graiilll111consists of.
t sic sentence order consists of Subject-Verb-
(job the ball), and no beginner need be frightened by
t- iar is the order Object-Subject-Verb. This is used
when the speaker wants to stress the Object as a contrast (The
XIV
ball john kicks, i.e. he doesn't kick me or that stone or whatever
else might be in range of his foot). Adjectives must always be
placed before nouns (a large room) and this rule holds good even
when the adjective is a complex one. So, while English stands on
its head and says the room where I sleep, Cantonese sticks to the
Adjective-Noun order and says the equivalent of the where I sleep
room. The possessor always precedes the possessed: the Cantonese
for my old friend comes out in the same order as English, but when
English goes haywire and says that old friend of mine, Cantonese
abides by its rule and says the equivalent of my that old friend.
Of course there are other orders too, but 30 or 40 of these rules
account for almost all the grammar there is and none of them are
very complex.
Lots of people will tell you that Cantonese is a monosyllabic
language. It is not wrong to say so, but some explanation is needed.
Almost every syllable in Cantonese is meaningful in its own right,
just as see, bed and nice are in English, and it is in this sense that
the language is monosyllabic. Cantonese does not (with a very few
exceptions) have words of more than one syllable, like diff-i-cult
or sci-ssors, where the individual syllables are meaningless, but it
has plenty of words of more than one 'meaningful' syllable (like
blackbird or suitcase in English), and new ones are easily created.
Two syllables meaning electric and speech do duty for telephone;
clothes and wheel give sewing machine; and three syllables
meaning without, wire and electricity neatly cover radio.
And then there are particles. They are not meaningful syllables.
They are little grunts and noises that are tacked on to the end of
phrases or sentences to give a variety of interpretations to what
has gone before. The particle me looks innocuous, but added to
the end of a statement it says You've got to be joking!, Do you
really mean that? Another particle, ne, is a convenient device for
throwing a question back at someone without repeating it all.
Are you going to watch television this evening? Yes. You ne? All
the Chinese languages use particles of this kind, but Cantonese is
particularly rich in them, and they account to some extent for its
great expressiveness, rather as gesticulation adds colour to certain
Mediterranean tongues.
As for writing: for most of China's history everyone wrote and
read the same language, regardless of what language or dialect
they spoke. Perhaps the easiest way to understand this is to think
of the status of Latin as the one written language of Europe at a
time when different peoples were using their mutually unintelligible
spoken languages for oral communication. The analogy holds
good, except that Latin could still be spoken today if there were
anyone who wished to speak it, while written Chinese, what is
normally called 'classical Chinese', was not really a speakable
language. It was a system of symbols which conveyed meaning
without having the need for sounds to be attached. European
languages, by contrast, all wrote using symbols which represented
the sounds they were speaking. We come closest to the Chinese
system in our use of the Arabic numerals. '3' means three in
any language, but it carries no clue as to how to say it. It can
be pronounced in any way that any language desires, but three
is clearly a written version of an English spoken word, and it is
meaningless to people who don't know English.
Many attempts were made through the years to bring spoken
and written languages together in China, but they were all of
limited success until, in the early twentieth century,
reformers managed to convince the nation that
necessary. The educated speech of northern as chosen as i
the standard, and the grammar and vocabula that standard
was written down using Chinese characters. I s called 'National
Language', and since 1949 has been known a&tonghua
('Universal Language').
But speakers of l.atitages in other areas of China did not find
it easy to adapt toS new standard. It seems to have been
particularly difficu&r the Cantonese, who had and have a strong
sense of their o ntity, and they bolstered this with their own
ch used a special set of devised characters,
used regular Chinese characters but with
gs from the norm. This deviant form of literacy
has persisted, and in contemporary Hong Kong it has even been
gaining ground, especially in the realms of advertising and the
more sensationalist press. It is one of the most fascinating aspects
of learning Cantonese, though this course does not set out to teach
it -we merely titillate your interest with a short introduction at the
end of the book.
There is no doubt what the first language of China is now.
Putonghua has the confirmed and impregnable status of 'National
Language' and Cantonese cannot compare in importance with
it. At the same time, there is no sign of the use of Cantonese
decreasing, and the influences of Cantonese films and of pop music
from Hong Kong have if anything extended its currency beyond its
homeland.
This page intentionally left blank
~
1 0 onj got ten minutes?
~
#
~ ~ p t s at communication between Cantonese and
English speakers were not encouraging. Western merchants arriving
on the China coast from the mid-sixteenth century onwards were
there for quick turnaround and trading profits rather than for
long stay and putting down roots. And even if they had been
inclined to make a long-term commitment, they soon found that
they were not wdcomed by the imperial Chinese government that
viewed all trade with distaste, and foreign trade as both degrading
and dangerous. By decree, all such trade was confined to the one
southern coastal city of Canton (Guangzhou), and it was hedged
about with many restrictions.
In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, it became illegal for
Chinese people to teach foreigners to speak the language. Dr
Robert Morrison, the first Protestant Missionary to China (he
arrived in 1807) and the first compiler of a Chinese-English
dictionary, had to study at night in a room with lights carefully
screened for the protection of his teacher, and he told how to his
knowledge, one Chinese teacher had been beheaded for giving
lessons.
But international trade continued, and so long as it did so it was
necessary to communicate somehow. The language of Canton was
of course Cantonese, but, as we have seen, it could not be taught
even if the foreigners were willing to learn it. The solution at the
time was almost farcical- the traders compromised, developing a
barebones language which was half Cantonese and half English.
It became known as 'Pidgin', or 'Pidgin English', or 'China coast
Pidgin', taking its name from its own word for business. Basically
it consisted of English vocabulary pronounced with a Cantonese
accent and used within a framework of Cantonese grammar. So
its verbs did not conjugate, it was be, you be, he be, they be; there
XVIII
was no recognition of future, perfect, pluperfect, or any other
tenses; there was no difference between he and she; no difference
between I, me, my, we, us and our (my standing for all of them);
no plural forms of nouns, and so on. And because Cantonese
nouns always required a classifying word (a 'classifier') when used
with a number or with this, that, each or which, the Pidgin word
piecee was invented to take its place. (Classifiers remain a feature
of Cantonese today, and anyone studying this course will find that
they are very interesting indeed.)
China coast Pidgin died out many years ago, and you need not
expect ever to have to work out how He catchee too muchee
dollar means They are very rich. From the mid-nineteenth century
onwards, and particularly with the establishment of the British
colony of Hong Kong in 1842, both sides began to learn each
other's language.
Merchants learned Cantonese in order to trade more efficiently,
missionaries learned so as to be able to speak directly to the people
they were trying to convert, government administrators learned in
order to govern more effectively, and many others learned in order
to shop and deal with everyday life smoothly. In the twenty-first
century, little has changed, though of course there are now also
tourists, who like to be able to gain deeper insights through the
more direct contact which speaking Cantonese allows.
The needs of merchants, religious workers, bankers, tourists,
housewives, publishers, sportsmen and others are all different,
but to write different Cantonese textbooks for all of them would
hardly be practicable. Nor is it necessary. What we have done
is to ensure that we have covered all the most important basic
grammar patterns and all the most COI1liDDD
everyday language. As far as possible we have av
jargon, though we have assumed that such wor verb', 'noun',
'adjective' and 'adverb' are well understood. It
Then we have created scenarios in the form ofStlogues to
illustrate the use of the grammar and
necessarily conversational language, and that is
exactly what constSes the essence of Cantonese. Every dialogue
is accompanied'fly ocabulary list, by notes to explain newly
introduced materi nd by exercises to practice what has been
learned. In the nit we have given English translations of the
we have deliberately dropped this spoon-
we think it is better that the student works the
meaning out without our help. At least every seventh chapter is a
revision chapter, giving the learner a chance to catch breath and to
let all that new information bed down.
XX
The ideal and effortless way to learn Cantonese is of course to be
born and brought up as a child in a Cantonese family. Immersion
courses try to get close to the position of a child, but they can
never enjoy the luxury of taking as long as a child does to acquire
fluency and natural production of the language. In any case, those
who have busy lives to lead and who must fit learning in where
they can, that is, those who are learning on their own or in a class,
just do not have the opportunity to immerse themselves as a child
does. And would you really like to go through all that bow-wow,
choo-choo, sleepy-byes stuff again at your age? This course cannot
be 'ideal and effortless', but it also is not, we hope, boring. The
student, like the child, is gradually led from simple structures to
more sophisticated language, but at all stages we have tried to
make the material interesting.
The Cantonese language is part of Cantonese culture, and to
understand the cultural background is an indispensable aspect of
learning the language. Obviously we are not going to produce a
lesson about the merits of central heating, since Hong Kong and
the rest of the Cantonese-speaking area never get cold enough
to need it. There is no point in our discussing agriculture either,
because Hong Kong grows almost nothing now, not even in the
so-called 'rural' New Territories. Grumbling about tax burdens
is out, for taxation in Hong Kong is kept very low, and few have
cause to complain of it. On the other hand, we can hardly avoid
mentioning food, the one 'consuming passion' (as it were!) of the
Cantonese, nor gambling, nor the price and layout of housing,
nor the education of the young that occupies a great deal of the
attention of parents.
And then there are the cultural features that are so different
that they are a complete mystery to westerners. How is it that
colours don't mean the same things in Cantonese as they do in
European culture? Europeans see white as the colour of purity
and associate it with brides, but the Cantonese use white as
the colour of mourning and dress in white or undyed cloth for
funerals. A jealous person becomes green-eyed in Europe, but
red-eyed in Hong Kong. People who have had too much sun turn
red in Europe, but the Cantonese say that they have turned black.
Dark tan shoes are called red in Cantonese, and brown cows are
called yellow. No Cantonese man would willingly wear a green
hat, because, for reasons unknown to most people, it symbolizes
that his wife is unfaithful. And it is impossible to give a simple
translation of the Cantonese colour ching, which is applied to
things that are green, or blue, or black, or turquoise, or even clear
like the 'white' of an egg. To master the language of colour is
certainly not just a simple matter of translation, and we have tried
to bear such points in mind and go into the cultural background
where it will help.
Numbers too are far from straightforward. For a start, there is
the oddity that Cantonese counts large numbers in ten-thousands
rather than thousands. What we call one hundred thousand, the
Cantonese call ten ten-thousands, and our 2.5 million becomes
250 ten-thousands. And there is a huge cultural investment in
number symbolism. Odd numbers are yang and even numbers are
yin, and that affects the way in which people think about them.
It is not that one is better than two or two better than one, but in
matters of importance, symbolic significance can be =---
numbers. It would be unthinkably malevolent
gift a sum of money which was not divisible by,., for instance.
Generally the number four is disliked, becausa: (four) sounds
like sei (to die) (even though they are actuallySmounced with
different tones). For this reason, some buildin' Hong Kong
do not have a fmilfloor, they go straight from third to fifth.
We know of a bu6ctors' surgery which has facilities for seven
doctors to see pati in seven consulting rooms numbered 1, 2,
3, 5, 6, 7 and 8. he other hand, baat (eight) sounds rather like
faat (to get rich it is considered a very lucky number. Once
ds gambling in Macau, just across the Pearl
rom Hong Kong, and we stopped for a meal in a
restaurant. Suddenly we noticed that our table bore the number 37
Bolting our food we dashed back to the casino where we all placed
bets on the 37th number on the roulette w h ~ which is zero. At
the second spin it carne up, and we more than covered the cost of
our meal. Clearly with complexities like these it is not enough just
to teach that one is yat, four is sei and eight is baat. There needs to
be some cultural explanation as well, and this course does its best
to supply it.
One area of language that we do not touch upon is swearing. We
are of the opinion that few people are able to swear convincingly
in a foreign language, and it is better to avoid using words that
may be highly offensive to some ears. Certainly there are cultural
traps here. Corning from a European background, a student might
expect that blasphemy would count as bad language, but in fact
there is almost no such thing in Cantonese. On the other hand,
to wish that someone should drop dead in the street or that their
whole family should come to disaster is serious fighting talk,
though it would probably have little effect in a western context.
Lurid obscenities certainly are considered bad language, but many
people seem to use them and hear them without great concern. It is
all dangerous ground - better not even to try to swear.
Standard Cantonese used to be defined as the language of the Sai
Guan area of the city of Guangzhou (Canton), but there have been
changes. The use of Putonghua in the education system of China,
plus heavy migration into and out of the city, have weakened the
grip of Cantonese there. Oddly, the same migration factor that
struck at Guangzhou's status worked in the opposite way for
Hong Kong. From the time ofthe Chinese Civil War (1945-9)
and continuing right up until the present, refugees and migrants
XXII
from China have swamped Hong Kong, swelling its population
from 6oo,ooo in 1945 to nearly 7 million now. A majority of these
people carne from nearby counties of Guangdong province, but
many of them spoke other Chinese languages or incomprehensible
dialects of Cantonese, and there were sizeable numbers of people
from further north and east in China, such as the Shanghainese and
the Fujianese (Fukkienese), who spoke even more alien versions
of Chinese. In the melting pot of Hong Kong it was Cantonese
that emerged as the dominant language that fused these very
disparate groups together, and second generation immigrants grew
up with Cantonese as their first language. As Hong Kong grew in
importance as a centre of wealth and culture, the centre of gravity
of the language moved down the Pearl River to the ex-colony, now
a Special Administrative Region (SAR). It is Hong Kong Cantonese
that we teach in this course.
Hong Kong proudly and justly claims to be an international city,
and this status has not been without effect on the language. It has
led to the infiltration of many foreign (and particularly English)
words into Cantonese, but they have gone to swell the richness of
the language rather than to diminish or weaken it. Well-educated
urban people sometimes speak Cantonese with so much English
intermixed that the word Chinglish has been coined for it. The
mix is by no means half-and-half, and the essential structure is
still Cantonese not English. Chinglish is not like Pidgin, because
it is mostly spoken by people who can speak both languages with
considerable fluency. Even so, some words, like bo for ball or gear
(of a vehicle), sa-leut (salad) and si-do (convenience store), have
become fully naturalized. We were amused to discover that none
of the three Cantonese native speaking secretaries in one office
could tell us what the correct Cantonese word for a file is -they
all used fai-lo, which clearly comes from English. We .. -
there is anyone in Hong Kong, well educated or n Jlli,.-,.
understand and use 0-m-OKa? (0 or not OK? that OK?),
and we recently heard a clerk say on the telep , Ur-m-urgent a?
(Is it urgent?). We do not set out to teach Chi sh, but the student
will soon meet with it in conversation with H. Kong people.
till!:
..
It would be abs4 suggest that this course is sufficient to turn
the beginner intJtive speaker of Cantonese. Of course it
can't. But if the bo is mastered, a really solid foundation in the
language will hav en gained, questions can be asked and the
answers underst discussion of a wide variety of topics will be
will have reached the level of free flight
can go on to fill in piece by piece the areas that no
textbook can ever hope fully to cover.
We teach an everyday level ('register') of language that is neither
too bookish nor too slangy. If you are a computer nerd, or a
football fanatic, or an architect, or a golfe.r; or anything else, you
can just add on the vocabulary you need- this basic language 'fits
all sizes'.
XXIV
Introduction
Welcome to a new experience. If you have never tried to learn a
Chinese language before you are in for a rare treat.
There are some real eye-openers: have you ever met a language
where verbs have only one form and don't change according
to tense or number or mood?; a language where there are no
cases? (you can forget about vocatives, genitives, ablatives
and their confusing brethren); where no gender differences are
acknowledged? (have you noticed how Chinese people speaking
English frequently get he and she mixed up?); where there are no
agreements of anything with anything else? ('singula.r; third person,
feminine' what's that?!); where there are no subjunctives? (Would
'twere so for English!)
And then, have you ever tried a language which has to be sung
in order to be understood? Or where word orders are so crucial
that if you get them wrong you will be totally unintelligible? Or
where you can't count objects without first specifying what kind
of objects they are? Or where almost every single syllable has a
meaning? (Unlike English where the individual syllables of a word
such as 'trousers' mean nothing at all.)
Cantonese is a vital living language spoken by upwards of
6o million people in southeast China (including Hong Kong and
Macau), as well as by several millions more in Malaysia, Europe,
Australia, Fiji, North America and many other parts of the world
where the adventurous Cantonese people have settled. It is one of
a large family of Chinese languages and retains many more traces
of its ancient roots than do most of the other languages. By way of
contrast, it is a language which seems unafraid to adopt or adapt,
notably from English in the past century or so, and it invents,
evolves and discards slang at a frenetic rate. As a result it is a very
rich language.
IntroducUon XXV
The people who speak Cantonese are lively, quick-thinking, direct
and fun-loving. They are tuned into their language so much that
they cannot resist having fun with it -they pun all the time and
often with great ingenuity. They love it when foreigners stammer
out their first words of Cantonese, because there is bound to be a
howler or two which can be punned into something funny. Don't
be put off, you are brightening their lives and they will not despise
you for it.
And if you have the chance to get help from a Cantonese you
should, of course, seize it. The odds are that he or she will not
want to be bothered with the rornanized text which you are
learning from and it is for this reason that we have supplied
Chinese characters for the dialogues and new word lists. We are
not attempting to teach you characters beyond the briefest of
introductions at the end of the text -the reason is that it takes
a great investment of time to learn to read and write Chinese
characters and you will learn to speak and to understand speech
much sooner if you ignore the script. You can always move on to
learning it later. That of course is what Chinese people do too.
Most of the units of this book follow the same pattern: two
dialogues (often humorous, if you think silly jokes are humorous),
each with a list of the new words used and explanations of new
grammar points, and followed by some exercises. Units 7, 14, 21
and 26 are revision units, giving more material based on what has
been learned but not introducing anything new. The appendices
summarize the most important grammar points and refer you to
the units of the book in which they are first explained and they also
introduce you to Chinese writing. At the back will be found the
answers to all exercises and a two-way glossary to help you find
your way round the book.
A few points to note:
XXVI
We do not all learn in the same way. You may feel that before
tackling the dialogues you would prefer to read the notes that
come after them. Why not? Go ahead. Each unit is organized
into two clumps of material- consisting of dialogue,
vocabulary and notes - how you work on a clump is entirely
up to you.
We have supplied translations of the first two dialogues.
Thereafter that luxury is denied you, but you should be able to
work out the meanings without difficulty or guesswork.
Do not look for consistent characterization of the people who
appear in the dialogues: there is none, the Mr Wong of one
unit being a totally different person from the Mr Wong who
figures in another.
Do not be put off by the fact that in our system of writing
Cantonese Mr Wong is spelled W ohng. Mr Cheung is spelled
Jeung. etc. - our system is meant to work for you the learnet;
but the man in the street does not need to be as precise about
pronunciation as you do, so we also show you the spellings
which he would probably normally use.
You may be puzzled by the numbers of words which
are pronounced the same but which have quite different
meanings ( daai, for instance, means both to bring and to
wear). Cantonese, like all the Chinese languages, is full of
homophones (words pronounced the same): it is a fact of life
that you will have to accept -and it is one of the reasons why
punning is so common.
When you first hear Cantonese it sounds rather ugly and even
a normal chat can seem like a violent argument because of the
vigour and velocity with which ideas are delivered. Fear not,
you will quickly learn to detect beneath that coarse exterior
melodic and beautiful cadences which can be as romantic,
heart-warming or soft as anyone could desire.
This symbol shows that the material is included on the
recording.
We have had fun writing this. We hope you will enjoy studying it.
We know you will get a great kick out of speaking with Cantonese
people.
IntroducUon XXVI I
Pronunciation guide
A note on romanization
This note is about the sounds of Cantonese and how to represent
them on paper. It should be read with the recording available so
that you can hear a clear demonstration of what the sounds are.
Cantonese, like all the Chinese languages, is written in characters.
As you will discover when you read the appendices of this book,
characters are symbols representing ideas, while the letters of
our alphabet are symbols representing sounds. Written English
reproduces the sounds of speech using an economical 26 symbols,
which are quite sufficient to do the job; but the Chinese writing
system pays little attention to the sounds of the spoken language
and tackles the massive problem of providing instead a separate
symbol for most of the ideas which need to be written.
When you learn to write an English word you learn how to say
it (even if the spelling is sometimes a little erratic). If you were
to try to learn the basic Cantonese of this book through Chinese
characters, not only would you have the daunting task of learning
nearly 1,500 different symbols, but even when you had learned
them you would be none the wiser a bout how to speak the
language, because the symbols are generally dumb about how they
should be pronounced.
Generations of foreign learners have struggled to find ways to
'romanize' Cantonese, that is, to represent Cantonese sounds with
the Roman alphabet. Since there are very few sounds in Cantonese
which are difficult for English speakers, this would be an easy
task but for one thing: Cantonese is a tonal language, that is, each
one of the sounds of Cantonese can be pronounced (or perhaps
'sung' would be a better word) in seven different ways (the tones).
XXVIII
Of course, the Roman alphabet does not have any devices for
representing tones, and musical notations added to letters of the
alphabet would be much too awkward to handle. So, how do we
deal with the problem?
Romanization is only a tool to enable you to learn how to speak
the language; it is seldom useful outside the classroom, a private
communication system just between us the teachers and you the
learner. There is no 'official' romanization of Cantonese, and many
different systems are in existence. In Complete Cantonese we have
chosen to use a version of the Yale system, which we believe to be
helpful for the following reasons:
It distinguishes clearly each one of the sounds and each of the
seven tones.
Only three additional symbols (the macron rJ, the grave ['1
and the acute ['] accent) are required to indicate the tones.
There are reference materials available which use the same
system and the beginner will thus be able to expand beyond
the scope of this book if desired.
If you intend to go really deeply into Cantonese you will certainly
have to learn Chinese characters and then romanization will be
largely redundant. Meanwhile, try to familiarize yourself with
the principles of the Yale system as quickly as possible so that it
becomes a tool and not an obstacle to your learning the language.
The Cantonese tones
CD1,TR1
Cantonese has seven tones which it is essential to master for fluent
and comprehensible speech. Some teachers have been known to
claim that it is possible to be understood even if tones are totally
ignored, but while it is true that a certain limited communication
may be possible given great goodwill on the listener's part, in
PronmclaUon guide XXIX
normal circumstances the toneless speaker would be met by blank
incomprehension. The tones occur on all syllables and are located
in three pitches (high, mid, low), the voice remaining level, rising or
falling within those pitches. The seven tones are:
High pitch High level
High falling
Mid pitch Mid rising
Mid level
Low pitch Low falling
Low rising
Low level
Low pitch words are shown by the addition ofh after the
vowel.
Rising tones are shown by the acute accent ['], falling tones by
the grave accent tJ, and the macron ri shows the high level
tone.
The accents are marked on the vowel or (where there is a
vowel chain) the first vowel of the syllable.
Thus the seven tones of the sound ma would be written:
Highlevel rna
High falling rna
Mid rising rna
Mid level ma
Low falling mah
Low rising rruih
Low level mah
Listen to how these tones are spoken on the recording and do your
best to copy them exactly.
Every now and then a word changes its tone in a particular
context: we have pointed it out when it occurs in this book and
suggest that you try to accept these occurrences as the oddities they
are rather than try to figure out why they change.
XXX
The sounds of Cantonese
CD1,TR2
1 The consonant sounds which begin Cantonese syllables are
simple for English speakers. The only exception is the initial
consonant ng- and that is only difficult because English
does not have syllables which start with this sound. You can
imagine how it is done if you think of the word singalong
and try to pronounce it without the letters si at the front. If
you listen to the recording you should be able to pick up how
ng- syllables are pronounced without much difficulty. For
example:
ngan nga ngok ngai ngaam
2 There are very few consonants which can appear at the end of
Cantonese syllables, in fact there are only six (-n. -ng, -m. -p,
-t, -k). Of these, the first three are completely straightforward,
just as you would expect them to be if you were reading the
sounds off in English. For example:
haan seun leng mong taam gam
But the other three (-p, -t, -k) are hardly pronounced at all, the
tongue and the lips getting into position to pronounce them
and then not following through. So your lips should snap
together to get ready to make the -p at the end of the syllable
sap, but you should not open them again to release the puff of
air which has built up to make the full p sound. Similarly with
the sound bat, the tip of your tongue should make contact
with the hard ridge behind your upper teeth, but the air should
not puff out to make a full t and with baak the flat top of
your tongue should go up into your palate but not allow the
air to escape to make the full k sound. Listen carefully to the
recording examples:
sap jaap kat faat sik jek
PronmclaUon guide XXXI
3 The vowel sounds of Cantonese are a little more complicated.
XXXII
The following is a guide to the sounds based wherever
possible on 'BBC English' pronunciations, but please note
that this is only a rough guide. The best way to grasp them is
to listen carefully several times to the pronunciation section
of the recording: while your ear is getting used to hearing the
sounds, your eye will be taking in the system which we use
for spelling those sounds. To start with, concentrate on the
sound itself without being too much concerned with tone.
You will get more pronunciation practice later, because each
unit's dialogues and some of the new words lists are also on
the recording. And, of course, if you have the luxury of a
Cantonese friend, ask him or her to make the sounds for you
as well.
-aa is a long vowel sound, rather like the sound of the word
are in English. It combines with -i to make a long vowel as in a
drawled version of eye, and it combines with -u to make a long
version of cow. If there is no final consonant the Yale system
always uses just one a, but it should always be pronounced
long as if it were aa (ba is pronounced bar). For example:
ba baai baau baan saam laang daap
baak saat
-a is a shorter version of the aa sound, pronounced somewhere
between the English bat and but. For example:
jam pan hang tai tau sat gap dak
-e is rather like the English fairy. For example:
che leng jek
-ei is like the English day. For example:
bei
-eu is in most cases like English further. For example:
Ieung geuk deu
but before -t it is more like English foot:
cheut
and before -n it is close to the -en in the name Owen:
cheun
-eui is rather like her evening (but don't pronounce the r). For
example:
heui
-i is not too different from English see, except when it is
followed by -k when it is more like English sick. For example:
si tiu tim min ting yit yip sik
-o is somewhere between English thaw and gone. For example:
fo on bong hok ngoi mou hot
-u is somewhere between English too and cook. For example:
fu fun hung juk mui wuht
-yu is like the German tiber or the French tu. In English you
can get close to the sound by saying see you very quickly. For
example:
jyu syun hyut
.t. Cantonese syllables all carry virtually equal stress and each
therefore sounds more or less discrete; and Chinese characters
Prom.nclaUon guide XXXIII
each represent one syllable and are all written discretely. Our
romanization, therefore, could spell each syllable separately,
but we have chosen to use hyphens where two or more
syllables are so closely associated that they may be thought
of as one word or one concept, as with pahng-yauh (friend),
jUn.g-yi (to like) and JUn.g-gwok-wa (Chinese language).
Signs of change
Language never stands still and Cantonese is changing very
rapidly. There are four important sound changes which have been
developing over recent decades:
1 Many people {probably a majority of people now) do not use
an initial n- sound at all and all the words which appear in this
book with an initial n- would be pronounced by them with
an 1- instead. So neih becomes leih and naahm-yan becomes
laahm-yan. You are bound to meet native speakers who do this
constantly or who perhaps even alternate between the two.
2 Some people now do not distinguish between initial g- and
initial gw-, pronouncing JUn.g-gwok as JUn.g-gok. This change
is not so common, but you should be prepared to understand
it if you do hear it.
3 The initial ng- sound has been gradually falling out of favour
over many years and some people have now dropped it
altogether. So you may hear such things as oh for ngoh or aUh-
yuhk for ngauh-yuhk.
The distinction between the two high pitch tones seems to
be less critical now than it once was and you will meet some
native speakers who use only high level or who quite freely use
one or the other regardless of which is the 'correct' tone.
What you hear native speakers say will affect the way you speak
and you may find yourself following some or all of these changes
as you go on. Meanwhile, you can be confident that if you speak in
the way this book teaches you, you will not be wrong.
XXXIV
1
-00
Wuih-mihn
Encounters
In this unit you will learn
how to greet and address people
how to ask questions
how to use descriptive words
Dialogue 1
Mr Wong and his boss Miss Cheung meet in the lift on the way up
to the office .
..!f..@,
_!f._@, !tljYMJ fl.r-M-JH?
fl.r-II)B?
fl.r-;tc;tcii)B?
l!r.'
Cheung l6u-scihn, Wohng Sin
sciang.
Wong l6u-scihn, leung Sfu-je.
Neih h6u ma?
Good morning, Mr Wong.
Good morning, Miss
Cheung. How are you?
'I""
c
u
Unit 1 WOO Wulh-mlhn Encounters I
2
co 1, TR l!
f . ~
j6u-sahn good morning
I Wohng a surname: Wong
J t ~
sin-saang Mr, Sir, gentleman, husband
~
leung a surname: Cheung
'J\9.El
siu-je Miss,young lady
~
neih you
M-
h6u very; well, fine, OK, nice, good
tq?
ma? a word (a particle) that makes a statement into
a question
~
ng6h I, me
II}B?
ne? a particle that repeats the same question
about a different matter
**
taai-taai Mrs, wife, married woman
ffi
keuih she, her, he, him, it
~
dou also
:ff ,c.,
yauh-sam kind of you to ask
Your first test
How would you address the person that Miss Cheung enquires
about?
(The answer is, of course, Wohng Taai-taai.)
Insight
Is it Wong or Wohng?
We don't mean to confuse you. The Yale romanization spells
it Wohng, and that tells you exactly how to pronounce it;
but in everyday use almost everyone spells the name Wong,
so we have, as it were, translated Wohng into Wong for you.
We have done the same with other names (Cheung for leung,
Kwok Mei for Gwok Meih, Hong Kong for Heung G6ng, etc).
Notes
1.1IDENTIFYING PEOPLE AND THINGS
ng6h I,me
neih you (singular)
keuih he, she, him, her, it
Each of these personal pronouns can be made plural by the
addition of -deih:
ng6h-deih
neih-deih
keuih-deih
we, us
you (plural)
they, them
1.2 ADDRESSING PEOPLE
Unlike English, Chinese surnames are always given before titles:
Wohng Sin-saang
Wohng Taai-taai
Wohng stu-je
MrWong
Mrs Wong
Miss Wong
Unit 1 *"00 Wulh-mlhn Encounters 3
4
Insight
Why does the surname come first?
As well as Mr, Mrs, and Miss, other titles, such as president,
doct01; professor, ambassador, sister, are also given after
the surname. Personal names follow the surname too, so
someone called Mr John Smith becomes Smith John Mr in
the Cantonese order. It all fits in with the great stress which
the Chinese people have traditionally placed on the family.
The surname shows your family line and so it is the surname
which comes first in the Cantonese order, as with Wohng
Gwok Meih Sin-sciang, from which we can tell that Mr.
Wong's personal name is Kwok Mei.
1.3 ADJECTIVES OR VERBS? BOTH!
H6u means good, nice, well, fine, 0 K and so on. ] ust as in English,
such words (they are adjectives) go in front of nouns, so a good
husband is a hou sin-saang. But in Cantonese all adjectives can also
act as verbs to describe things (descriptive verbs) and so h6u means
not only good but also to be good:
Keuih-deih h6u.
Wohng Sin-saang h6u.
They are well.
Mr Wong is fine.
Remember, it is not only the adjective hou which is also a
descriptive verb-all adjectives behave the same. So the word for
ugly also means to be ugly, difficult can also mean to be difficult
and so on.
1.4 SIMPLE QUESTIONS
In Mandarin (now usually known as Putonghua, the official
common language of China) you can ask a question simply by
putting the particle ma? on the end of a statement. Sometimes you
will hear Cantonese speakers do the same, but it is not common.
However, in one expression you will hear this 'spoken question
mark' very often, and that is in the polite question:
Neih h6u ma? How are you?
The practice seems to be extending to asking after other people's
health as well:
leung Taai-taai h6u ma? Is Mrs Cheung OK?
You will meet the most common way of asking questions later in
this unit.
Insight
Relationships
You met nt!ih taai-taai in the dialogue, meaning your wife.
Her husband is keuih sin-saang, and a woman refers to her
own husband as ng6h sin-saang.
1.5 TWO FOR THE PRICE OF ONE
When you learned h6u you got double value, because it not only
means good, well etc. but very as well. So hou hou means very
good.
1.6 FOLLOW-UP QUESTIONS
A special kind of shortcut question is formed with the particle ne?
Ne? asks a follow-up question without the tedium of repeating in
full what went before:
leung Taai-taai h6u ma?
Keuih h6u h6u. Wohng Sfu-je ne?
Is Mrs Cheung OK?
She's very well. And how's
Miss Wong?
Unit 1 *"00 Wulh-mlhn Encounters 5
1.7 DOU ALSO
Dou means also, too. It always comes just before a verb:
Ng6h h6u. I'm well.
Keuih dou h6u. She's well too.
1.8 AND NOW FOR THE GOOD NEWS
It may have escaped your notice: verbs only have one form! The
same word hou was translated as am well, is well and are well in
our earlier examples and it was no accident. H6u only ever appears
like that even though the English verb to be well takes many guises
(am well, is well, are well, will be well, have been well, was well,
were well, etc.). Regardless of the tense, the mood, the subject or
anything else, the verb will always be simply h6u. And, better
this applies to all verbs, there are no irregularities to make life
difficult!
Dialogue 2
When she gets to the office, Miss Cheung is surprised to find a
visitor waiting for her.
an ............. - ................................................................................................................ .
a=
.... ft!Ltfiil'
6
Cheung Ou, deul-mh-jyuh,
gwal-slng a?
Oh, excuse me, may I
know your name, please?
Ho Ng6h sing Hoh. Neih My name is Ho. Are you
haih rhh haih Leih Miss Li? :
stu-je a?
Mh haih, ng6h sing No, I am surnamed
Jeung. Hoh Sin-saang, Cheung.Are you an !
American, Mr Ho?
Mh haih, ng6h haih No,I'mBritish.Ise/1
Ying-gwok-yahn. American cars: they're
Ng6h maaih Meih- very nice. Would you like
gwok che: Meih-gwok one? l
che h6u leng. Neih I
. Cheung Mh yiu, rhh yiu. Meih- No, no. American cars are
gwok che h6u gwai: very expensive: I want a
ng6h yiu Yaht-bun Japanese one. Goodbye,
HOh Sin- Mr Ho. I
Cheung
Ho
OCD1,TR6
Pj!
ou oh! (surprise)
d eu i-rh h-jyu h I'm sorry; excuse me; pardon me
j!ttrfrl.>f? gwai-sing a? what is your name? (lit: distinguished
surname?)
trf
sing surname; to be surnamed
m
:5
fiiJ
Hoh a surname: Ho
1fi
haih to be
u
*
-
Leih a surname: Li
a
rhh not
Meih-gwok-yahn American person
Meih-gwok America, USA
A
yahn person
Unit 1 *''iii Wulh-mlhn Encounters
7
8
a?
Ying-gwok-yahn
Ying-gwok
maaih
che
I eng
yiu
gwai
Yaht-bun-yahn
Yaht-bun
joi-gin
Your second test
particle used at the end of a question
British person
Britain, UK, England
to sell
car, cars
pretty, good-looking, handsome, of
good quality
to want
expensive; distinguished
Japanese person
Japan
goodbye
Having read Dialogue 2, can you say which of these statements
is/are true and which false?
a ]eung Sfu-je haih Meih-gwok-yahn.
b Hob Stn-saang mh maaih Meih-gwok che.
c Wohng Sin-saang maaih che.
d ]eung Sfu-je haih taai-taai.
(Answers: All false.)
Notes
1.9 PEOPLE AND COUNTRIES
Yahn means person but it also means people. In fact, all nouns in
Cantonese are the same whether single or plural and you can only
tell which is meant from the sense of the conversation. There is
usually no problem: by looking at the personal pronouns you can
easily tell which is which in the following examples:
Ng6h haih Ying-gwok-yahn.
Keuih-deih haih Yaht-bun-yahn.
As you will have gathered, nationalities are shown simply by
adding -yahn to the names of the countries. Here are a few more:
ou-jau
Faat-gwok
Naahm-fei
Insight
Australia
France
South Africa
More on surnames
Dak-gwok
Ga-nah-daaih
San-sai-laahn
Germany
Canada
New Zealand
You have already met a number of surnames (Wohng,
Jeung, Hoh, Leih) and you will of course meet others. It is
interesting that although there are several thousand different
surnames in existence, the vast majority of the Chinese share
just a few dozen of them. You will certainly meet many
people with the four surnames you've just learned, but the
most common surname of all among Cantonese people is
Chan (Chahn).
1.10 NEGATIVES
The word for not is mh. It always comes in front of the word it
refers to:
Wohng Sin-saang mh leng
Ng6h rhh yiu che
Mr Wong isn't handsome.
I don't want a car.
1.11 ANOTHER WAY TO ASK QUESTIONS
The most common way to ask a question in Cantonese is by using
the positive and negative of a verb together and adding the little
word a? at the end of the sentence:
Keuih leng rhh leng a? Is she pretty?
Unit 1 *"00 Wulh-mlhn Encounters 9
What you are really doing is offering your listener a choice of
answers (She pretty? Not pretty? Eh?) and the answer is going to
be either:
Keuih leng.
or Keuih rilh leng.
She is pretty.
She's not pretty.
In the same way you can ask:
Neih maaih rilh maaih
Meih-gwok che a?
Are you selling American cars?
Cantonese people like to have a comfortable noise to round off
their sentences with and they have a whole string of little words
(usually called particles) which they use. A? has no meaning on its
own, it is just used to punch home the question which has been
asked in the sentence. Ma? and ne? which we have already met are
other examples of particles.
1.12 THE UNSPOKEN IF
There are various words for if in Cantonese, but quite often none
of them is used, the meaning seeming to flow naturally from the
context. In the dialogue the sentence Nelli thh yiu, Leih Siu-je
yiu thh yiu a? (literally, You not want, Miss Li want not want,
eh?) would be understood to mean If you don't want one, does
Miss Li?
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Here's a fine mess! The following words have got all jumbled
up. Sort them out and make meaningful sentences of them. For
example, Taai-taai Wohng leng h6u does not make sense, but
rearranged into Wohng Taai-taai h6u leng it is a correct sentence
meaning Mts Wong is very beautiful.
o H6u keuih-deih h6u
b Sln-saang Wohng h6u
c Dou ]eung h6u Siu-je
(Answers to all exercises and tests from now on are at the back of
the book in the Key to the Exercises section.)
EXERCISE 2
What would you reply?
o ]6u-sahn.
b Neih h6u ma?
c ]oi-gin.
EXERCISE 3
Fill in the blanks with words which will make sense. You will have
to think a bit to work out what the sentence must mean!
o Wohng Sln-saang ____ yiu Meih-gwok che.
b Chahn Siu-je !eng ____ !eng a?
Unit 1 *""iii Wulh-mlhn Encounters
c Keuih-deih haih mh ____ Yaht-bun-yahn a?
d Ng6h mh maaih Yaht-bun che, ng6h maaih ____ .
EXERCISE4
Translate these simple sentences into Cantonese. If you can do so,
you can really congratulate yourself on having mastered this unit.
a Japanese cars aren't expensive.
b He isn't nice.
c You are very pretty.
d Do they want cars?
e He is good-looking too.
f They are Americans.
g Mr Wong sells cars.
h British people don't sell American cars.
11.AJijfm
Go-yahn choih-maht
Personal property
In this unit you will learn
numbers
2
classifiers (words which introduce different types of nouns)
possessives
question words
Dialogue 1
Mr Ho is working in his office when a woman comes in.
** -fff-flil1il:!f?
-l1."H$i:!i?
0
tf,
Ho Taai-taai, neih wan bTn-go a?
Woman Ng6h wan Wohng Gwok Meih Sin-saang, keuih haih
Jung-gwok-yahn, haih ng6h ge pahng-yauh.
Ho Neih wan Wohng Sin-saang yauh-mat-yeh-sih-a?
....
a=
1-
.,..-
c
u
Unit 2 Go-yUhn cholh-maht Personal property I 3
14
I Woman Ng6h yiu maaih ng6h ge Meih-gwok che, Wohng
Sin-saang seung maaih.
1. Ho H6u, ng6h daai neih heui Wohng Sin-saang ge
se-jih-lauh.
i
!.. ... .............................................................................. .
CD1,TR8
11
:il{i
Ma
:ff
11.1'Jlf
True or false?
wan
bin-go
lung-gwok
ge
ng6h ge
pcihng-y6.uh
y6.uh
mat-yeh
sih
y6.uh-mat-yeh-sih-a?
seung
m6.aih
daai
heui
se-jih-lciuh
mh-goi (neih)
to look for
who? which person? which
one?
China
's (shows possession)
my
friend
to have
what? what kind of?
matter, business, affair
for what purpose? why?
to want to, intend to, would
like to
to buy
to lead, to bring, to go with
to go to, to go
office
thank you
If you have understood the dialogue you should be able to pass
judgement on the following statements about it.
a Wohng Gwok Meih Sin-saang seung maaih
b Wohng Stn-saang seung maaih Yaht-bun che.
c Hob Sin-saang, Wohng Sin-saang keuih-deih haih
pahng-yauh.
d Wohng Taai-tdai wan Wohng Stn-saang.
Notes
2.1 QUESTION WORDS
Question words like bln.-go? who? and mat-yeh? what? come in
the same position in the sentence as the answer to them does.
In English, question and answer have different word orders, but
in Chinese they have the same word order. In the two examples
following, note how the English is twisted but the Chinese
is not:
Keuih sing mat-yeh a?
Keuih sing Hoh.
Keuih wan bTn-go a?
Keuih wan Hoh Siu-je.
What is he surnamed?
He is surnamed Ho.
Who is she looking for?
She is looking for Miss Ho.
Some people say m.I-yeh? instead of mat-yeh?: there is no difference
in meaning, you can please yourself which you say .
..................................................................................................... ]
Insight
Note the use of a? at the end of question word sentences, just
.... ....................................... .
2.2 POSSESSION
The little word ge shows possession, like the apostrophes ('s) in
English. So ngoh ge is my or mine, nab. ge is your or yours, keuih
ge is his, her, hers or its and Uih Taai-taai ge is Mrs Li's:
Wohng Taai-taai ge che
ng6h-deih ge se-jih-lciuh
Che haih Wohng Siu-je ge.
Jung-gwok che haih keuih ge.
Mrs Wong's car
our office
The car is Miss Wong's.
The Chinese car is his.
Unit 2 i!JAMfPJ Go-yUhn cholh-maht Personal property I 5
16
When there is a close personal relationship with a person, ge is
often left out, but the relationship term must have at least two
syllables, as with taai-taai and pahng-yauh here:
ng6h taai-tclai my wife keuih pcihng-y6.uh her friend
2.3 MH-GQI THANK YOU
Mh-gOi literally means ought not, but it is the most common word
for thank you. If someone holds the door open for you, passes
you the soy sauce or tells you your shoelace is undone, you should
politely say mh-gOi to them.
Insight
Remember:
1 All adjectives are also verbs.
2 Surnames always come before personal names.
3 Verbs do not conjugate; they have only one form.
4 Dou (a/so) always comes just before a verb.
5 Question words always come where the answer will come
in the response.
Dialogue 2
Miss Cheung has found a watch and a pen on her desk. She asks
Mr Ho if they are his.
i ................................................................................................................................................ 01
1 r -1llf.$l, -tur ...... a:
! 1-
:
u
9
Cheung Out Vat go sau-bTu, yat ji bat ... Hoh Sin-saang, nT
go sau-bru tuhng-maaih g6 ji bat haih mh haih neih
ga?
Ho Nr go sau-bTu rhh haih ng6h ge: g6 ji bat haih ng6h
ge.
Cheung Nr go sau-bTu h6u leng, haih Meih-gwok sau-bTu.
Neih gO haih bTn-go ga?
Ho Ng6h gO haih Wohng Sin-saang ge.
Cheung Ng6h dou gO haih keuih ge. Ng6h-deih heui mahn
keuih, h6u rhh h6u a?
Ho Wohng Sin-saang yih-ga rhh hai keuih ge se-jih-lauh.
! Cheung Mh gan-yiu. Ng6h chih-dTmahn keuih.
1
co 1. TR 10
yat
111
f.$l
fii.l:l:!l!
Ill
15
rm*
IJfj
:illltJ!J
go
sau-bru
ji
bat
nT
tuhng-maaih
g6
ga?
gu
mahn
yih-gCl
hcli
mh gan-yiu
chih-dr
one
classifier word for people and many objects
wristwatch
classifier word for stick-like things
a pen, any writing tool
this
and, with
that
= ge +a?
to guess, reckon
to ask a question
now
aVinlon, to be aVinlon
never mind, it doesn't matter
later on
Unit 2 i!JAMfPJ Go-yUhn cholh-maht Personal property I 7
18
Notes
2.4 THIS, THAT AND WHICH?
nT go yahn
g6 goyahn
bTn go yahn?
this person
that person
which person?
In English when you specify a word with this, that or which?, you
just put it in front of the word (this man, that ship, which pen?),
but in Cantonese you need to use a classifier word as well (this
classifier man, that classifier ship, which classifier pen?). It is not
necessarily easy to guess which classifier goes with which noun,
although you can expect, for instance, that almost any object
which is thin, straight and stick-like will be classified with ji. You
will be given the correct classifier for each noun you meet from
now on. The classifier for people is go, so:
nT go yahn
brn go Meih-gwok-yahn a?
this person
which American?
The classifier for wristwatch is also go:
g6 go sau-bru that watch
The classifier for pen is ji:
g6jibat thatpen
If it is clear what is meant, it is possible to drop off the noun, but
the classifier must still be used. Note the following question and
answer:
Neih yiu bin ji bat a?
Ng6h yiu nT ji.
Which pen do you want?
I want this one.
Insight
Did you notice how bTn go yahn? (which person?) is very
much like bTn-go (who?)? Well, logically enough they are
really the same, but when who? is meant, it is normal to use
the shorter form.
2.5 HOW ABOUT IT?
H6u thh hou a? literally means is it good?, but it is also used at the
ends of sentences meaning what do you say?, how about it?, OK?
(And there is a? at the end of a question sentence again!)
2.6NUMBERS
co 1, TR 11
The Cantonese number system is very straightforward. The
numbers one to ten are all single-syllable words; I I is IO + I, I2
is IO + 2, I3 is IO + 3, and so on up to 20 which is 2 x Io; 2I
. . . .
lS 2 X IO + I, 29 lS 2 X IO + 9; 30 lS 3 X IO, 3 I lS 3 X IO + I
Memorize the numbers one to ten and then try counting up to
99 (and back again if you are really confident):
1 yat 11 sahp-yat 21 yi h-sa hp-yat
2 yih 12 sahp-yih 22 yih-sahp-yih
3 saam 13 sahp-saam 23 yi h-sahp-saam
4 sei 14 sahp-sei 24 yih-sahp-sei
5 flgh 15 sahp-flgh 25 yi h-sahp-flgh
6 luhk 16 sahp-luhk 26 yih-sahp-luhk
7 chat 17 sahp-chClt 27 yih-sahp-chClt
8 baat 18 sahp-baat 28 yi h-sahp-baat
9 gau 19 sahp-gau 29 yih-sahp-gau
10 sahp 20 yih-sahp 30 saam-sahp
40 sei-sahp 41 sei-sa hp-yat 47 sei-sah p-chat
so flgh-sahp 52 flgh-sahp-yih 58 flgh-sah p-baa t
60 luhk-sahp 63 luhk-sahp-saam 69 luhk-sahp-gau
Unit 2 M ~ Go-yUhn cholh-maht Personal property
19
20
70 chelt-sahp
80 baat-sahp
90 gau-sahp
74 chelt-sahp-sei
85 baat-sahp-flgh
96 gau-sahp-luhk
75 chelt-sahp-flgh
87 baat-sahp-chelt
99 gau-sahp-gau
When things are counted (one person, three pens, etc.) the classifier
must be used in the same way as with specifying words. So:
yeltgo yahn
seiji belt
sahp-yih go sau-bru
one person
four pens
twelve watches
The whole number system is nice and regular with one exception:
when it is followed by a classifier the number two is not yih but
leuhng, so:
yelt, yih, saam, sei, ...
yat ji bat, leuhng ji bat, saam ji
belt, sei ji belt, ...
Insight
one, two, three, four, but
one pen, two pens, three pens,
four pens,
It is only the number two itself which plays the trick of
having two forms; complex numbers which end in a two
are not affected, as you can see from the example of twelve
watches. (And don't feel too hard done by: English is even
crazier about the number two -think of brace of, pair of,
couple of, twin, dual, duo- and bi-!)
Insight
The magic of numbers
Cantonese people are very interested in numbers and many
people believe that numbers can influence fate. Everybody
loves the number eight because baat sounds rather like faat
which means get rich. By way of contrast, four is considered
an unlucky number because sei sounds like sei which means
to die. Two and eight are good because yih baat sounds
like yih faat easy to get rich, but five and eight are bad
because flgh baat resembles rilh faat not get rich. A Chinese
purchaser recently insisted on paying 280,000 for a house
in the south of England rather than the asking price of
279,500, believing that the larger sum was much luckier
sounding! For many years the Hong Kong government
auctioned 'lucky' car registration numbers for charity: an
astronomical price was paid for 8888, which adorned one of
the territory's many Rolls-Royces.
Unit 2 .OOJ..M#IJ Go"')'Uhn cholh-maht Personal property 2 I
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Try to give answers to the following questions. You cannot be sure
of the answer to the second one, but common sense should help
you.
a Gwai-sing a?
b Wobng Sln-saang baib mb baib ]ung-gwok-yabn a?
c Neib maaib mb maaib cbe a? (Answer: No)
d Neib yaub Yabt-bun pabng-yaub ma? (Answer: Yes)
EXERCISE 2
See if you can understand what these sentences mean. Practise
saying them out loud until they come fluently.
a Sau-btu tubng-maaib bat dou baib Hob Sln-saang ge.
b Go go sau-btu b6u !eng.
c Hob Sln-saang cblb-dt beui mabn Wobng Taai-taai.
d Btn jl bat baib ]eung Siu-je ga?
EXERCISE 3
Fill in the blanks to make correct and meaningful sentences.
a Nt ____ sau-btu baib Hob Taai-taai ge.
b Neib baib mb baib Ylng-gwok ____ a?
c Ng6b gu Yabt-____ cbe b6u gwai.
d Wobng Siu-je !eng ____ !eng a?
e Neih seung maaih ____ -yeh a?
f ____ -go haih ]eung Siu-je a?
g Keuih mh haih Y'ing-gwok-yahn, ____ mh haih Meih-
gwok-yahn; keuih haih Yaht-bun-yahn.
h Ng6h ____ Wohng S'in-saang, Neih yauh Y'ing-gwok
che ma?'
EXERCISE 4
Make up your own conversation. Tell Mr Wong that you want to
go to England to buy a British car. He tells you that British cars are
expensive. Ask him what kind of car he's got. He says that he has a
British car too.
EXERCISE 5
Unit 2 1 0 0 A M ~ Go-ycihn choihmaht Personal property
In the picture all the women are American, all the men are Chinese
and all the children are Japanese. Try saying in Cantonese how
many of each there are, say how many watches Mr Wong is selling
and describe what the woman is doing with her money at the
stationery stall.
3
Ga-yahn tuhng pahng-yauh
Family and friends
In this unit you will learn
one of the only two irregular verbs in Cantonese: to have
some important words for family members
some final particles
Dialogue 1
Mr Ho meets Mr Wong on the street.
''""'""""'''"""'''"""'''"""'""""'""""'""""'""'""""'''"""'''"""'""""'""""'""""'""""'"" N
IR.IJtliJtli-1
-jf-f ...... Pflt:.fl,
c
u
Unit 3 *A Iii! JlJl Ga-yahn tUhng pahng-yauh Family and friends 2 5
26
Ho Wohng Sin-saang, neih heui brn-douh a?
Wong J6u-sahn. Hoh Sin-saang, ng6h fa an uk-kei.
Ho Neih man ok-kei jouh-mat-yeh a?
Wong Ng6h daai ng6h mah-ma heui tai-yr-sang.
Ho Neih tuhng mah-ma yat-chaih jyuh ah?
Wong Haih, ng6htuhng bah-ba, mah-ma, hing-daih,jf-
muih, chat go yahn yat-chaih jyuh.
Ho Chat go yahn yat -chaih jyuh ... gam-yeu ng. nei h-
deih gaan ok yat-dihng h6u daaih lak.
Wong Haih, dou-gei daaih. Deui-mh-jyuh. Hoh Sin-saang,
ng6h yiu jau lak. joi-gin.
Ho Joi-gin, Wohng Sin-saang.
co 1, TR 13
bTn-douh where? which place?
fclan to return, to return to
{E
ok-kei family; home
jouh mat-yeh why? for what reason?
jouh to do
mah-ma mother
tai-yi-song to see the doctor
yT-sang doctor
Fiij
tuhng with, and (a shorter form of
tuhng-maaih)
-1Jf yat-chaih together
1t
jyuh to dwell, to live
ah? a question particle (that's right,
isn't it?)
bah-ba father
hing-daih brothers
!$9.*
ji-muih sisters
114t,ll4ttl gam or gam-yeung in that case, so
ra,
gaan classifier for houses and rooms
Ok house
yat-dihng certainly
*
daaih big
IIJJ,I(ff
lak or Ia a statement particle (that's how
the case stands now)
Insight
dou-gei or gei
yiu
jau
quite, rather, fairly
must, need to
to run; to run away; to leave
The verb jau literally means to run or to go. It has some
similarities with English in that Cantonese can also use jau to
talk of a clock 'running' slow, and of a person 'going', that is
'leaving': Ngoh yih-ga yiu jau Ia. I must go now.
Picture quiz
a b c d e f g
Here is the Wong family. How would C address A? How would
D address B? How would D address A? How would you address
D? How would you address B? Which one do you think is the
Mr Wong who figures in the dialogue?
Unit 3 A ~ M ~ Ga-yahn tuhng pahng-yciuh Family and friends 2 7
Notes
3.1 WHERE?
Bin-douh? where? works to the same rules as bin-go? who? and
mat-yeh? what? (See Unit 2, Note 2.1.)
Nei h heu i bin-dou h
a?
Ng6h heui se-jih-lauh.
Where are you going?
I'm going to the office.
There is another word (bin-syu?) which also means where? but bin-
syu? is rather old-fashioned and is not often heard any more. We
will use only bin-douh in this book.
3.2 FAAN TO RETURN
Faan means to return. It combines easily with heui to go as faan-
heui meaning to go back, that is to return in a direction away from
me the speaker:
Neih fcian-heui mh faan-heui a? Are you going back?
or in its more commonly shortened form:
Neih fcian mh fcian-heui a? Are you going back?
Faan also means to go where one usually goes:
Wohng Siu-je fcian ok-kei.
Ng6h fcian se-jih-lauh.
3.3 WHY?
Miss Wong is going home.
I'm going to the office.
Jouh-mat-yeh? literally means to do what? but it has come to mean
why? It can be positioned quite freely in the sentence without any
change of meaning: all the following examples mean Why must
you sell your car?:
Neihjouh-mat-yeh yiu maaih che a?
louh-mdt-yeh neih yiu maaih che a?
Neih yiu maaih che jouh-mat-yeh a?
Insight
Yes and no
There are no words for yes and no in Cantonese. You should
use the positive or negative form of the appropriate verb, so
in answer to Neih heui rhh heui lung-gwok a? Are you going
to China? you can reply heui yes or rhh heui no. If it is not
the verb itself which is the focus of the question, it is useful
to use haih it is the case or rhh haih it is not the case, as in the
dialogue. Haih and rhh haih come as close to yes and no as
Cantonese gets.
3.4 THE ADVERB YAT-CHAIH 'TOGETHER'
Yat-chaih together, all together is an adverb and like almost all
adverbs it comes in front of the verb in the sentence. So yat-chaih
jyuh is to live together and yat-chaih faan Y'mg-gwok means to
return to Britain together.
3.5 THAT'S RIGHT, ISN'T IT?
The particle ah? comes at the end of a sentence to ask for
confirmation that what you have said is correct:
Neih haih leung Sin-saang ah?
Neih heui Ying-gwok ah?
You're Mr Cheung, aren't you?
I take it you're going to England,
right?
Unit 3 'fl. A Iii! M/i. Ga-yahn tUhng piJhng-yOuh Family and friends 2 9
3.6 THAT'S HOW THE CASE STANDS NOW
Lak (sometimes pronounced Ia) comes at the end of the sentence
to state what the current position is. Naturally enough that means
that often there has been some change before that position has
been arrived at:
Ng6h yiu jau lak.
Keuih mh seung rnCiaih lak.
Insight
Remember:
I must be going now.
He doesn't want to buy a car any more.
1 You must always put a classifier between a number and a
noun: sciam ji bat three pens.
2 You must always put a classifier between the specifying
words this, that, which? and a noun: bTn go sau-bru? which
watch?
3 In front of a classifier the number two is always leuhng.
Dialogue 2
Mr Ho hasn't seen Mr Cheung for a long while. They meet by chance .
..::r : ................................................................................................................................ .
l Ati.=:.{l.
!
8!
!
!
i
!
!
I
:
Ho Jeung Sin-saang, h6u-noih-m6uh-gin. Neih h6u rna? !
Neih yih-ga hai bTn-douhjyuh a? I====
Cheung Ng6h yih-ga jyuh hai Heung-g6ng Rl-yuhn Douh
Ho
Cheung
Ho
yih-sahp-baat houh saam lau.
Rl-yuhn Douh h6u mh h6u jyuh a? !
H6u jyuh. Rl-yuhn Douh yauh h6u do ba-si tuhng 1==.
drk-si daap. Hoh Sin-saang, neih jyuh hai bTn-douh a?
Ng6h juhng jyuh hai Ga-fe Gaai chat-sahp-saam
houh deih-ha. Neih yauh sih-gaan cheng laih ch6h Ia. I
Cheung Neih yauh-sam. Neih gaan ak yauh m6uh 1=:
che-fohng a?
Ng6h mh haih jyuh yat gaan ak, ng6h jyuh yat !
chahng lau je. NT chahng lau mh-haih-gei-daaih, I====
m6uh che-fohng ge.
Cheung H6u, yauh sih-gaan ng6h laih taam neih. Joi-gin .
..... .................. ...................................................................................... ..i
Ho
co 1, TR 1s
jliij
noih a long time
MififJnJt
h6u-noih-m6uh-gin long time no see
1f
m6uh have not (negative of y6.uh
to have)
lfj;t Heung-g6ng Hong Kong
Fa-yuhn Douh Garden Road
{Em! fcl-yun garden (note the tone change
from yuhn to yun)
douh street, road
...... ... houh number
{I
16.u a flat; a high building; a storey
$ do many, much
E:.
ba-si bus
dTk-si taxi
m
daap to travel by/catch/take (public
transport)
juhng still,yet
ga-fe
coffee
jj
gaai street
Unit 3 lit A Iii! JlJl Ga-yahn tUhng pahng-yauh Family and friends
31
Clll
:5
u
-
j
a
tt!!r
deih-ha ground floor; the ground; the floor
sih-gaan time
chlmg please
lciih to come, to come to
ch6h to sit
Ia a particle urging someone to
agree with you or to do
something for you
Jt[J% cht!-fohng garage
11
chcihng classifier for a flat; storey, deck
llf
je or jek particle: only; and that's all
mh-haih-gei/h6u not very
ge makes a statement more
emphatic: that's how it is and
that's how it's going to stay
taam to see, to visit
Haih mh haih a?
Test your understanding of Dialogue 2 by answering haih it is so or
mh haih it is not so to the following statements.
o Fa-yubn Doub mb b6u jyub.
b Hob Sln-saang jyub bai yat gaan uk.
c Hob Sln-saang jyub bai deib-ba.
d Hob Sln-saang ge cbe-fobng b6u daaib.
e ]eung Sln-saang beui Hob Sln-saang uk-kei.
Answer the questions
co 1, TR 16
o Hob Sln-saang jyub bai bin-doub a?
b ]eung Sln-saang jyub bai btn-doub a?
c Hob Sln-saang ge Tau yaub m6ub cbe-fobng a?
d ]eung Sln-saang seung mb seung taam Hob Sln-saang a?
e Y aub m6ub ba-s{ beui Fa-yubn Doub a?
Insight
From the general to the particular
When Mr Cheung gives his address in the dialogue, you
will see that he gives it in the order Hong Kong, Garden
Road, No. 28, 3rd floor- i.e. in the opposite way to English.
Chinese always prefers to work from the general to the
particular, from the large to the small. We shall see later that
it is the same with dates and times, so that the Chinese would
translate 3.18p.m. on 17 May 1995 in the order 1995,May, 17,
p.m.,3.18.
Notes
3.7 THE VERB YAUH
The verb yauh to have is an oddity. It is not made negative with
mh: instead the negative of yauh is another verb mOuh not to have.
So while Are you English? is Ne.ih haih mh haih Y'mg-gwok-yahn
a? Have you got an English car? is Ne.ih yduh mouh Y'mg-gwok
che a? and I haven't got a car is Ngoh mouh che.
3.8 lE OR lEK
Je (pronounced by some people as jek) is a very useful little word
which is tacked onto the end of sentences to give the meaning only,
that's all:
Ng6h yauh leuhng ji bat.
Keuih yauh yatji batje.
I've got two pens.
He's only got one pen.
Unit 3 'fl. .A. Iii! Jlll:!i. Ga-yahn tUhng piJhng-yOuh Family and friends 3 3
Insight
Roads and streets
Douh a road is usually the way from one town to another, a
relatively wide highway, but gaai is essentially a street, an urban
roadway lined with buildings. Sometimes, though, douh is used
in the name of an urban street, just as road can be in English.
3.9NOTVERY
The negative of daaih big is thh daaih not big, just as you would
expect. The negative of h6u daaih very big, however, is thh-haih-
gei-daaih or thh-haih-hou-daaih both of which mean not very big.
So you will need to remember that the verb haih is slipped into this
not very construction:
NT chcihng 16.u mh-haih-gei-gwai.
Wohng Siu-je mh-haih-h6u-leng.
This flat is not very dear.
Miss Wong is not very pretty.
[
.................................................................................................... .
Insight
Che-fOhng means garage only in the sense of the covered
......... ~ ; . ; ; : ; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ; . ~ ~ : ~ : . ~ . ~ . : = . ~ ~ ~ ~ : ~ : . ~ : ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ : . ~ . ~ = ~ ~ ~ ~ .....
34
3.10 A RECAP: FINAL PARTICLES
You have now met quite a few words like je, that is, words that are
added to the end of a sentence to round it off or to give an extra
meaning. They are usually called particles or final particles and
they are used a great deal in everyday speech. Before you meet any
more of them, here is a reminder of those you already know:
a? The final particle which is added to sentences which already
contain positive-negative-type questions or question words like
mat-yeh?
ah? The question particle which expects the listener to be in
agreement: That's right, isn't it?
ga? The particle made when ge is followed by a?
ge Makes a statement more emphatic: That's the way it is!
je/jek Only.
Ia The particle you use when you are trying to urge someone
to do something for you or to persuade someone to agree with
you.
laklla The particle which shows that things were different
before but this is how the situation stands now.
rna? A spoken question mark. It makes a statement into a
question.
ne? The shortcut question particle which asks follow-up
questions.
Unit 3 'fl. .A liiJM a Ga-yahn tilhng piJhng-yOuh Family and friends 3 5
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Sort out these jumbled words into meaningful sentences.
a bah-ba yt-sang Hob Sin-saang haih.
b jouh-mat-yeh bai uk-kei Wohng Taai-taai a?
c tai yt-sang ng6h heui mh seung.
d ng6h-deih se-jih-lauh yat-chaih faan.
EXERCISE 2
Fill in the blanks with words which will make sense of the
sentences.
a Wohng Taai-taai heui tai ____ .
b Ng6h-deih ____ heui Wohng Sin-saang ------'
c Ng6h bah-ba haih ____ .
d Ng6h-deih jyuh hai ____ .
EXERCISE 3
You have just bumped into your old friend Mr Wong in the street
in Hong Kong. You haven't seen him for several months. How
do you greet him? Ask after his wife and where he lives now.
Apologize to him and say that you have to catch a bus to Garden
Road now to visit your father whom you have to take to see the
doctor.
*111
Sihk-yeh
Eating in and eating out
In this unit you will learn
about 'lonely verbs'
some more about classifiers
some verb endings
Dialogue 1
Mr Ho invites Mr Wong to his horne for a meal.
:................................................................................................................................................ ....
=
e
ffiffl
Pftl
Unit t. 1tl!f Slhk-yeh Eating In and eating out 3 7
38
Wong Hoh Sin-saang, neih taai hak-hei Ia, jyu gam do sung 1:
cheng ng6h sihk-faahn.
Ho Bihn-faahn je, cheuih-bfn sihk Ia. Yiu rhh yiu chah a? i
Wong Mh yiu Ia, rhh-goi. Hoh Taai-taai ne? Keuih hai 1::
bTn-douh a?
Ho Keuih hai chyuh-f6ng jyu-gan faahn, rhh-sai dang keuih Ia. :
Wong Hoh Taai-taai jyu ge sung jan h6u-sihk lak. H6u-chfh I
jau-lauh ge yat-yeuhng. Hoh Sin-saang neih yauh m6uh !
bong keuih sau a? i
M6uhal i Ho
Wong Ng6h gu Hoh Taai-taai yat-dihng yuhng-j6 h6u do sih- 1::
gaan yuh-beih nT chaan faahn lak.
Ho
Wong
Ho
Keuih yuhng-j6 bun go jung-tauh je. !
Jf-haih bun go jung-tauh ah? Ng6h rhh seun. !===.
Hai h jan ga. DT sung dou haih keui h heui fuh-gahn ge
jau-lauh maaih ge.
: ...... ~ ~ ~ ........ . ~ ................................................................................................. ..1
co 1, TR 1s
* (*)
taai ... (Ia) too , exceedingly
~ ~
haak-hei polite
;f: jyu to cook
ll1t
gam so
~
sung food; a course or dish other than rice
or soup
~
chlmg to invite
i t ~
sihk-faahn to eat, to eat a meal
it
sihk to eat
~
faahn rice; food
i f ~
bihn-faahn pot luck, a meal of whatever comes
to hand
~ i f
cheuih-bin as you please, feel free
*
chah tea
!MJ%
chyuh-f6ng kitchen
...... -g6.n a verb ending for continuing action, -ing
~ ~
mh-sai no need to, not necessary to
~
dang to wait, to wait for
1(:(-f*)
jan(-haih) truly, really; true, real
Mit
h6u-sihk delicious
ttfit;L ... -;ff
M*l
......
ffl
...... llti:
fJHff
~
*
jliiJj
,R(1fi)
ffi
~
m
~ i l i
11ft
True or false?
h6u-chth . . . just like
yat-yeuhng
jau-lauh Chinese restaurant
bong ... sau to help , to give a hand
yuhng to use, to spend
-j6 a verb ending for completed action, -ed
yuh-beih to prepare, to get ready
chaan classifier for food, a meal
bun half
jung-tauh an hour (classifier= go)
jt(-haih) only
seun to believe, to trust
dT plural classifier, classifier for
uncountable things
dou a//, both
fuh-gahn
6h
nearby
oh, really! oh, now I understand!
a Hob Sin-st1dng cbeng Wobng Sin-saang beui jau-laub sibk-faabn.
b Hob Stn-st1dng jyu-j6 teubng go sung cbeng Wobng Stn-st1dng
sibk.
c Hob Stn-st1dng bong Hob Taai-taai sau jyu-faabn.
d Hob Stn-st1dng, Hob Taai-taai yubng-j6 teubng go bun jfmg-
taub jyu-faabn.
e Hob Taai-taai mb jyu sung, keuib jf-baib beui jau-laub
maaib-sung.
Notes
l!.1 CHENG TO INVITE
In Unit 3 we saw that cheng means please. It has another meaning
of to invite:
Keuih cheng ng6h heui kl!uih
ok-kl!i.
He invites me to go to his
home.
Unit t. "*l!t Slhk-yeh Eating In and eating out 3 9
l!.2 'LONELY VERBS'
Some verbs feel incomplete if they have no object, so Cantonese
will supply an all-purpose object to comfort their loneliness! In
English we have no problem with saying he is eating, but the
Cantonese verb sihk is unhappy on its own and if it is not specified
what he is eating then the all-purpose object faahn rice will be
added. The normal translation of he is eating is thus keuih sihk-
faahn. Jfu to cook is another verb which takes faahn for want of
anything more definite and we will meet other such verbs and other
all-purpose objects as we go on.
Insight
Remember:
1 The negative of the verb y6.uh to have is never formed with
mh not. Instead there is a verb not to have which is m6uh. I
haven't got a pen is ng6h m6uh bat.
2 Heui to go shows direction of movement away from
the speaker. Its opposite word is lciih to come, showing
movement towards the speaker. Fcian-heui is to go back and
fcian-lciih is to come back.
l!.3 ADVERBS OF PLACE
The adverb which says where an action is happening comes either
before or after the subject depending on the sense, but in any case
it always comes before the verb:
Keuih hai ak-kei ch6h.
H6.i se-jih-lciuh neih y6.uh m6uh
bat a?
She is sitting indoors.
Have you got a pen in the
office?
l!.l! TWO NEW VERB ENDINGS
-gan is tagged onto a verb to emphasize that the action is actually
going on at the time:
Wohng Sin-saang tai-gan
yr-sang.
Mr Wong is seeing the doctor.
-jo is tagged onto a verb in the same way to show that the action
has been completed. Usually the particle lak is added at the end of
the sentence to back it up:
Keuih tai-j6 yr-sang lak.
Ng6h maaih-j6 Meih-gwok
che lak.
He saw the doctor.
I bought an American car.
l!.S AN IRREGULAR VERB: YIU/SAI
Here's a rare treat, another irregularity in verbs. To need to is yiu
but not to need to is mh sai:
Ng6h-deih yiu dang keuih.
Ng6h-deih rhh sai dang
keuih Ia.
Ng6h yiu maaih che.
Ng6h rhh sai maaih che.
We need to wait for her.
We don't need to wait for her.
I need to buy a car.
I don't need to buy a car.
However, when yiu means to want its negative is mh yiu:
Ng6h rhh yiu faahn. I don't want any rice.
The question form for to need to is sai mh sai:
Ng6h-deih sCii rhh sai dang
keuih a?
Do we need to wait for her?
Unit t. 1tl!f Slhk-yeh Eating In and eating out 4 I
The question form for to want is yiu mh yiu:
Neih yiu rhh yiu faahn a? Do you want some rice?
Insight
Another way of thinking about the two different negative
forms of yiu is:
1 When what follows is a noun, the negative is rhh yiu, so I
don't want a Japanese car is ng6h rhh yiu Yaht-bun che.
2 When what follows is a verb, the negative is rhh sai, so
I don't need to buy a Japanese car is ng6h rhh sai maaih
Yaht-bun che.
In restaurants, yiu is used for to order, as you will discover in
Dialogue 2.
l!.6 ANOTHER USE OF GE
We saw in Unit 2 that ge shows possession: ngoh ge che my car. It
also is used to link a descriptive phrase to a noun:
h6u gwai ge ga-fe
maaih-gan bat ge yahn
keuihjyuh ge ak
very expensive coffee, coffee which is
very expensive
the person who is buying a pen
the house that he lives in
Note how easily Cantonese just uses ge to make the link in each
case. English has to think what kind of a noun it is and then use
the appropriate link word: the car which, the professor who, the
day when, the street where, and so on. It makes you glad you
aren't having to learn English, doesn't it?
~ 7 HAVE YOU DONE IT?
To ask if an action has been completed, Cantonese (like English)
can use the verb to have (yauh):
Neih taai-tclai yauh m6uh Has your wife gone back?
fclan-heui a?
Keuih yauh m6uh sihk-faahn a? Has he eaten?
The answer is a simple yauh yes or mouh no.
~ 8 MORE ON CLASSIFIERS
In Unit 2 we met classifiers used with numbers and with specifying
words like this and that. Some nouns are uncountable--think of
water and air for instance--and the classifier to use then is dl:
NT dT sung h6u h6u-sihk. This food is delicious.
Di is also used as the classifier for all nouns when they are 'plural
but uncounted'. Compare the classifiers in the following:
nT go ycihn
g6ji bat
g6 ngh ji bat
sciam go Ying-gwok-yahn
g6 dT ycihn
bTn dT bat a?
this person
that pen
those five pens
three British people
those people (plural but not counted)
which pens? (plural but not counted)
When a sentence starts with a definite noun (the pen, the food, the
Americans) Cantonese uses the appropriate classifier where English
uses the:
Ji bat h6u leng.
DT sung mh gwai.
DT Meih-gwok-yahn laih mh
laiha?
The pen is very nice.
The food is not expensive.
Are the Americans coming?
Unit t. "*l!t Slhk-yeh Eating In and eating out 4 3
44
.t..9 THE ADVERB DOU AGAIN
In Unit 1 we met the adverb dou meaning also. Other meanings
are all and both. Dou must come immediately before a verb and it
obeys a further rule that it must come after the noun it refers to.
Note carefully the placing of dou in the following:
Neih y6.uh bat; keuih dou
y6.uh bat.
Ng6h-deih dou y6.uh che.
Wohng Sin-saang Wohng
stu-je dou fclan-j6
se-jih-lauh lak.
G6 leuhng go Ying-gwok-ycihn
dou mh seung sihk-faahn.
Insight
Rice
You have a pen, and he has too.
All of us have cars.
Both Mr and Miss Wong have
gone to the office.
Neither of those two British
people wants to eat.
Rice is the staple food of the south of China and is much
appreciated as the superior grain in the north too. Not
surprisingly, rice figures large in Chinese culture: it is offered
in religious sacrifices to the ancestors; it is thrown over
newly-weds to bring fertility to them; bags of it are laid on
babies' stomachs to comfort them and stop them crying; the
language is full of sayings about it. English has only the one
word rice but Cantonese has many words for it. Faahn means
rice only when it is cooked rice. There are different words for
rice when growing, rice when harvested but not husked, rice
husked but not cooked, and rice cooked into a gruel, as well
as yet other terms for different kinds of rice such as red rice,
glutinous rice and non-glutinous rice.
Dialogue 2
Mr Ho tries to order a meal from a waiter.
.. MM .. OMMOO .. OMMOO .. OMMOO .. OMMO .. MM"O"MM"O"MM"O"MM .. OMMOO .. OMMOO .. OMMOO .. OMMO .. MM .. O .. MM"O"MM"O"MM "'
8
I
Ho Mh-goi, ng6h seung yiu yat go tong. Neih-deih ge
tong san rhh scm-sin a?
Waiter Sin-saang, neih yiu go ngauh-yuhk tong Ia. H6u
san-sin ga.
Ho H6u, ng6h jau h yiu go ngauh-yuhk tong. Jyu-choi
yauh mat-yeh h6u gaai-siuh a?
Waiter Luhng-ha-faahn Ia, h6u h6u-meih ga. Yuh-gw6 neih
yiu nT go faahn, ng6h-deih sung saang-gw6 sa-leut
bei neih.
Ho Dfm-gaai sung saang-gw6 sa-leut a?
Waiter Yan-waih ng6h-deih ge chyuh-f6ng kahm-yaht jfng-
j6 taai do, gam-yaht juhng yauh rhh sfu, s6-yfh jauh
sung bei neih sihk Ia.
Ho Neih-deih kahm-yaht jfng ge saang-gw6 sa-leut gam-
yaht bei ng6h sihk, neih sTk rhh sTkjouh-saang-yi ga?
Waiter Sin-saang, neih rhh-h6u nau. Ng6h joi sung gam-jiu-
j6u jfng ge tihm-ban bei neih, h6u ma? Juhng haih
h6u h6u-meih ga.
Ho Mat-yeh wa? Kahm-yaht ge saang-gw6 sa-leut;
gam-jiu-j6u ge tihm-banl Neih dong ng6h haih
laahp-saap-tung ahl
..................................................................................................................................
Unitt. 1tl!f Slhk-yeh Eating In and eating out 4 5
OCD1, TR20
tong soup
iiff
san-sin fresh
ngauh-yuhk beef
4
ngauh cow, ox, cattle
yuhk meat, flesh
.wt
jauh then
jyu-choi main dish
1t-#ll
gaai-siuh to recommend; to introduce
luhng-ha lobster
!tfl!ili:
h6u-meih delicious
:tul*
yuh-gw6 if
*1-'
sung x bei y to give x as a present toy
saang-gw6 fruit
sa-leut salad
dim-gaai? why?
yan-waih because
kahm-yaht yesterday
11
jing to make; to prepare
4-B
gam-yaht today
&
siu few; little
mw.
s6-yih therefore, so
srk to know how to, to be able to
jou h-saang-yi to do business, to run a business
rhh-h6u don't
nau angry
11}
joi in addition; again
jiu-j6u morning; in the morning
!f.
j6u early
tihm-ban dessert
i5
w6 words, language, speech, saying
'*'
dong to regard as
laahp-saap-tung rubbish bin
tl..t& laahp-saap rubbish
Insight
You have just learnedjyu-choi for main dish. Choi really means
vegetables:
Keuih seung sihk yuhk, rhh
seung sihk choi.
She wants to eat meat,
not vegetables.
But it also means food, or cuisine:
Gam-yaht ng6h seung sihk
Faat-gwok choi.
Notes
I'd like to have French food
today.
l!.10 MH-GQIAND POLITENESS
You know that mh-gO:i means thank you, but you should
note that mh-gO:i or mh-gO:i ne.ih can also be used to mean
please. Quite often mh-gO:i is used to attract someone's
attention, rather as we might say Excuse me, ... , and you
will see that Mr Ho calls the waiter over at the beginning of
the dialogue with a masterful Mh-goi! So mh-gO:i is a kind of
all-purpose expression of politeness.
Insight
Politeness to waiters
A word of caution. You will certainly hear waiters addressed
and referred to as f6-gei. It is a term that was commonly
used for non-management people in the work-force, such as
factory hands and police constables, but there is a growing
tendency to avoid it nowadays on the grounds that it sounds
patronizing. We suggest that you should always use the
neutral term Mh-goi to call a waiter over.
Unitt. 1tl!f Slhk-yeh Eating In and eating out 4 7
l!.11 TO GIVE
Sung means to present, to make a gift. It usually appears with bei
which itself means to give, to give to. The word order for giving a
present to someone is a comfortable one for an English speaker:
Keuih sung yatji bat bei ng6h. He gives a pen to me (as a gift).
Bei is sometimes used on its own to mean to present, but it is more
commonly found meaning just to give to, to hand over to:
Keuih bei yatji bat ng6h.
l!.12 DON'T!
He hands a pen to me/hands me
a pen.
To tell someone not to do something, Cantonese uses mh-h6u it's
not good to ... or nab. mh-h6u it's not good that you should ... :
Mh-h6u heuil Don't go!
Neih mh-h6u m6.aih h ~ l Don't buy a car!
l!.13 SHORTCUTS
Cantonese is a lively quick-fire language and speakers often find
ways of shortening phrases which seem to them to be too tediously
long. Here is a list of shortened forms of phrases which you have
met so far:
gcim-yaht jiu-j6u > gcim-jiu-j6u or even shorter > gcim-jiu
Wohng Sin-sciang > Wohng Sciang
Wohng Taai-t6.ai > Wohng T6.ai
mh-h6u > m6.ih (both mean don't but m6.ih is a bit ruder
because it is so abrupt sounding)
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Make meaningful sentences from the jumbled words. You have
done exercises like this before, but it gets more difficult now that
you know more complicated patterns.
a Hob Taai-taai seung Wobng Sin-saang sibk-faabn dang yat-
cbaib.
b cbyub-f6ng bai j'Ju-gan faabn Hob Taai-taai.
c ma? mabn Wobng Sin-saang Hob Taai-taai b6u-meib iYu ge
sung keuib.
d sau Hob Taai-taai Hob Stn-saang yaub a? m6ub bOng.
e jyu ge sung jau-/aub yat-yeubng ge b6u-cbfb Hob Taai-taai.
EXERCISE 2
Try to answer these questions in Cantonese.
a Neib s"ik mb s"ik jyu ngaub-yubk tong a? (Answer: Yes)
b Neib uk-kei fub-gabn yaub m6ub jau-laub a? (Answer: No)
c Kabm-yabt neib yaub m6ub bOng neib mab-mll sau jyu-faabn
a? (Answer: No)
d Dfm-gaai neib gam-jiu-j6u gam nau a? (Answer: I'm not)
e Neib jf-baib stk joub saang-yi mb stk j-Ju-faabn, baib mb baib a?
(Answer: It's not so)
Unitt. 1tl!f Slhkyeh Eating In and eating out
EXERCISE 3
a Hai chyuh-f6ng yauh mat-yeh a? See how many answers you
can make up along the lines of Hai chyuh-f6ng yauh luhng-ha,
dou yauh ...
b Hai chyuh-f6ng yauh m6uh laahp-saap-tung a? If your answer
is yes, try to explain it. If your answer is no, think again but
less seriously!
-llf
Maaih-yeh
Shops and markets
In this unit you will learn
more about classifiers and verb endings
two different ways of saying thank you
days of the week
Dialogue 1
5
Miss Wong and Miss Cheung are shopping in a fashion store
..................................................................................................................................
IJ4t,
f!;f(,
.sp:.
....
N
ICIIIi:
1-
....
c
v
Unit 5 l!f Shops and marfcets 5 I
52
Wong Gam-yaht haih Laih-baai-yat, mh haih Laih-baai- !
yaht. dfm-gaai nT gaan pou-tau gam do yahn ne? 1:
Cheung NT gaan pou-tau daaih-gaam-ga a-rna. Ng6h-deih
yahp-heui tai-hah, h6u mh h6u a? !=:
Wong H6u a. Wat Neih tai, g6 gihn saam-kwahn jan-haih
h6u pehng bot :
Cheung Haih bo. Jat-dei yauh h6u; fun-sik yauh san; 1:.
ngaahn-sTk yauh leng: jan-haih h6u lak.
Wong
Cheung
Wong
Cheung
Wong
Gam, ng6h jauh maaih nT gihn Ia. l
Ng6h dou seung maaih g6 gihn huhng-sTk ge. 1.
Yf, nT-douh yauh sfu-sfu laahn-j6 bot
Haih me? Out Haih bot Ng6h nTgihn dou yauh !=:.
sfu-sfu laahn-j6. Dang ng6h tai-hah keih-ta ge yauh
m6uh laahn ne.
Mh-sai tai Ia, gihn-gihn dou yauh sfu-sfu laahn ge, 1:.
yan-waih keuih-deih dou haih chi-fo, s6-yfh gam
! ............................ ....................................................................................... ..!
co 1, TR22
flff,M laih-baai or sing-keih week
ft].f- Laih-baai-yat Monday
ftJ.fB
Laih-baai-yaht Sunday
pou-tau shop
daaih-gaam-ga a sale
a-m a final particle, you should
realize, don't you know
A yahp to enter
IIStl
tai to look at
..... Jif -hah verb ending, have a little-
Ill! wa! wow!
14=
gihn classifier for most items of
clothing
saam-kwahn dress
-Sf
pehng cheap
lljl!
bo! final particle, let me remind
you, let me tell you
Jttf!
jat-dei quality
x ...... x ...... yauh ... yauh ... both and
fun-sik style
if
san new; up to date
ngaahn-sik colour
i.IT huhng-sik ge red
yi exclamation of surprise, hello, what's this?
OJMt ni-douh here
d>d>
siu-siu a little bit, somewhat
:Ill
laahn broken, damaged
me? final particle, do you mean to say that
dang let, allow
Jtfm
keih-ta other
chi-fo seconds
Picture quiz
a Wohng Siu-je g6 gihn saam-kwahn pehng mh pehng a? Leng
mh /eng a?
b Wohng Siu-je g6 gihn saam-kwahn yauh m6uh laahn ga?
]eung Siu-je g6 gihn ne?
.?
1111
IIIII:
u
...
::::)
a
Unit 5 J!Pllf Maaih-yeh Shops and markets 53
Notes
5.1 THE WEEK
Liih-baai means week: it is classified with go, so one week is yat go
laih-baai, two weeks is leubng go laih-baai and so on.
The days of the week are simply numbered r-6 from Monday to
Saturday:
Lai h-baa i-yat
Laih-baai-yih
Laih-baai-saam
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Laih-baai-sei
Laih-baai-flgh
Laih-baai-lu hk
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday is not numbered; instead the word for sun yaht is used, so
Liih-baai-yaht is Sunday.
Some people say sing-ke.ih instead of laih-baai and you may do so
too if you wish. Simply substitute sing-ke.ih for laih-baai in any of
the words in the previous list.
l
i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ = ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ = ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ;
(Laih-baai-yaht) and Monday (Laih-baai-yat)!
......................................................................................................
54
5.2 NE? AGAIN
You have met ne? as a final particle which asks a follow-up
question (see Unit r ). It is also used after rhetorical questions, that
is when you do not expect an answer or perhaps when you are
wondering to yourself:
G6 go ycihn haih bTn-go ne? I wonder who that can be?
There are two examples in the dialogue.
5.3 COMING AND GOING
Lalli to come and heui to go are often used with other verbs of
movement to show which direction the movement is in. For instance:
fclan
fclan-heui
fclan-laih
to return
to go back
to come back
yahp
yahp-heui
yahp-laih
5.4 ANOTHER VERB ENDING: -H.AH
to enter
to go in
to come in
In Unit 4 you met the verb endings -jo and -gan. Another one is
-hah, which gives the idea of doing something for a bit:
tai-hah
dang-hclh
ch6h-hah
have a glance at (look a bit)
wait for a moment (wait a bit)
sit for a while (sit a bit)
Insight
Remember:
1 Dou can mean also or all/both but in all cases it is necessary
to place it after what it refers to and directly in front of the
verb. It is one of a number of 'fixed adverbs' which can
only ever appear before a verb. English can say Me toot, but
that would be impossible to translate using dou, because
there is no verb for it to come before.
2 Every noun has its classifier. When nouns are singular (one
American) or 'plural and counted' (four pens, six people), the
appropriate classifier must be used. When they are 'plural
but uncounted' (those pens, which people?) they all take dT
as the classifier.
Unit 5 l!f M6alh-y81 Shops and marfcets 5 5
5.5 YAUH YAUH ... :BOTH . AND
Yauh basically means furthermore and it is an adverb. It has to
obey the rule for such adverbs and come in front of a verb (see
dou in Units 1 and 4), even when it is being repeated to give the
meaning both ... and . ... In the dialogue you can see that it does
obey (the three verbs are h6u to be good, san to be new and leng to
be pretty). If you bear that rule in mind you will easily understand
why the translation of both Mr and Mrs Wong are going might be
Wohng Sln.-saang yauh heui, Wohng Taai-taai yauh heui.
5.6 COLOURS
HUhng means red, but it is most easily used in combination with
s1k colour as hUhng-sik red-coloured. Ge is added to link hithng-sik
with a noun (see Unit 4):
Keuih ge chi! haih mat-yeh What colour's his car?
ngaahn-sTk ga?
Haih huhng-sTk ge chi!. It's a red car.
5.7 HERE AND THERE
In Unit 3 you met bin-douh where? Bin means which? and douh
means place, so which place? and where? Logically enough, here
and there are made from this place and that place:
nT-douh here
g6-douh there
Again, you may occasionally hear ru-syu and gO-syu for here and
there, but like bin-syu they are rather old-fashioned and we shall
only use ru-douh and gO-douh. (See note 3.1)
5.8 FINAL PARTICLE ME?
If you want to express great incredulity in a question in English
(You can speak 57 languages fluently?!) you raise your voice
almost to a squeak at the end of the question; but, of course, it is
less easy to do that in Cantonese because of the need to observe
tones. Me? does the job for you. It indicates great surprise,
astonishment, near disbelief, surely that's not the case, is it?, do
you mean to say that ... ?. The answer given is almost always haih
or mh haih (it is the case or it is not the case).
5.9 DANG AGAIN
Dang means to wait, as you saw in Unit 4 Dang ngoh means wait
for me or wait for me to, and so dang ngoh sihk-faahn means wait
for me to eat. From wait for me to eat to let me eat is not a big jump
and you will find that Cantonese often uses dang ngoh where English
would say let me . Generally, if dang ngoh comes at the beginning
of a sentence it is likely to be used in the sense of let me . ; and if it
comes embedded in a sentence then it is likely to mean wait for:
Dang ng6h bong m!ih s6.u.
Mh-h6u dang ng6h sihk-faahn.
Insight
Let me pay!
Let me help you.
Don't wait for me to eat.
In restaurants you will often hear Chinese customers vying
with each other to pay the bill, the winner gaining in 'face'
what he/she loses in pocket. The standard wording used is
Dang ng6h beil Let me pay! (lit: let me give!) You too can play
that game, but be sure you have the money about you in case
you should be (un)lucky enough to win!
5.10 DOUBLE CLASSIFIERS
Doubling-up classifiers and adding dou all before the verb is a
useful way of conveying the idea every one of, each one of:
Gcian-gcian ok dou h6u leng. All the houses are very nice.
Unit 5 l!f M&llh-y81 Shops and marfcets 5 7
Ji-ji Meih-gwok bat dou gwai.
Gihn-gihn saam-kwcihn dou
rhh pehng.
All the American pens are
expensive.
None of the
dresses is cheap.
Note how these translations of the double classifier examples build
on the usage of the classifier to show definite reference (the pens,
the Japanese people) that you met in 4.8.
Dialogue 2
Miss Cheung gets a bargain (perhaps) from the fish seller in the
market.
M : ... ... ...
N !
ICIIIi::
..... ! A +:n!l&-!T.
8 !
.. . A+n!I&-JTII
!
1.
J( -*-' "( 11\i
.
:1::
II)B.JjtA+:n!l&.
! $if. IJ$,
1.
I
1:. Cheung
Seller
! Cheung
I Seller
I
i
NT dT ha gei-do chfn yat gan a?
Baat-sahp-flgh man yat gan.
NT dT ha gam sai, baat-sahp-flgh man yat gan taai
gwai lak. Chat-sahp man yat gan dak rhh dak a?
Mh dakl sru-je, neih tai, jek-jek ha dou h6u san-sin
wuih yauh-seui. Baat-sahp-ngh man yat gan mh
gwai ge-la.
Cheung G6-douh ge dong-hciU jf-haih yiu chat-sahp-yih man
yat gon je. Dfm-gaai neih-deih yiu baat-sahp-ngh
man yat gon a?
Seller Yon-waih ng6h-deih haih 'maaih-yat-sung-yat'
a-rna.
Cheung Dfm-yeung maaih-yat-sung-yat a?
Seller Jrk-haih maaih yat gon ha. mfhn-fai sung yat gon ha
Ia.
Cheung H6ul Ng6h yiu yat gonIa. Noh, m-douh baat-sahp- !
flgh man. !
Cheung Dfm-gaai gam do sei ha ga?
Seller Do-jeh. Noh. nr-douh leuhng gon ha. 1:::
...... .. ......... ...1
co 1, TR 2.t.
hd prawn
gei-do? how much? how many?
il
chin money
JT
gcin a catty(= 20 ounces)
9&
man dollar
Ml
sai small
ddk OK, can do, acceptable
jek classifier for animals
wuih to be able to, to know how to
lJ7j( yciuh-seui to swim
*
seui water
ge-la final particle giving strong emphasis
tiD
dong-hclu street stall
dfm-yeung? how? in what way?
RP1*
jTk-haih that is, that is to say
!tit
mfhn-fai free of charge
II$ ncih 'there', 'here you are', 'here it is, look'
do-jeh (neih) thank you
sei dead; to die
Unit 5 l!f Shops and marfcets 59
with srk, which you met in Unit 4. So srk yauh-seui and wuih
yciuh-seui both mean know how to swim
.....................................................................................................
6o
Answer the questions
CD1, TR25
o ]eung Siu-je bai dong-bau seung maaih mat-yeh a?
b Df ha gei-do chin yat gan a?
c Keih-ta dong-bau ge ha, gei-do chin yat gan a?
d ]eung Siu-je maaih-j6 ha dim-gdai h6u nau a?
Notes
5.11 SO MUCH EACH
Note the simple formula for giving prices:
Gei-do chin yat gcin a?
Leuhng man yat gcin.
How much per catty?
$2 a catty.
The same kind of formula can be used with other terms:
Sciam-kwcihn luhk-sahp Dresses cost $60 each.
man yat gihn.
Vat go ycihn sciam ji bat. Three pens per person.
5.12 HOW ABOUT IT? AGAIN
In Unit 2 you met hou mh hou a? as a way of asking someone's
opinion after making a statement. Dak mh dak a? is perhaps even
more commonly used for the same purpose, meaning will that do?,
is that 0 K by you?, are you happy with that? The answer is either
Dak Yes or Mh dak No.
5.13 THANK YOU
You have now met two words for thank you: mh-gOi and dO-jeh.
They are used in different ways and it is important to try to sort
them out.
Mh-gOi is used for everyday minor politenesses, such as thanking
someone for holding a door open for you, for passing you the soy
sauce or for doing the washing-up.
Do-jeh is used for more heartfelt thanks, for example in gratitude
to someone for a present received, for saving your life or for
finding you a job. It is always used when receiving money.
So, when you take the goods from a shopkeeper, you may or may
not say mh-gOi (depending how polite you feel like being), but he
will certainly say dO-jeh when he takes your money. The polite
response to someone who thanks you is mh-sai there's no need to.
The longer forms mh-sai mh-gOi and mh-sai dO-jeh can be used too.
Insight
Pidgin English
Pidgin English was developed in the early eighteenth century
in Canton. It was a strange language which was a kind of
halfway house between English and Cantonese and therefore
was presumed to be equally easy/difficult for both sides to
learn and to speak as they transacted 'pidgin' (business)
together. It used English vocabulary but often in Cantonese
grammar patterns. Like Cantonese it didn't really have any
plural forms, tenses or agreements and it invented the word
piecee to take the place of the Cantonese classifiers (four
piecee man, that piecee pen). Some of its expressions have
passed into regular English, such as to have a look-see, long
time no see, chop-chop and no can do. This last phrase comes
from the Cantonese rilh dak which you met in this lesson.
Unit 5 l!f M&llh-y81 Shops and marfcets 6 I
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Insert the bracketed element to make a sentence which is still
meaningful. For example, the answer to the first question would be
Hllhng-slk ge Meih-gwok che h6u gwai.
a Meib-gwok cbe b6u gwai. (bubng-stk ge)
b Ng6b stk yaub-seui. (bab-ba)
c Wobng Taai-tdai beui maaib-yeb. (pou-tau)
d Keuib gam-yabt mb sibk-faabn. (seung)
e Hob Saang mb sibk Hob Taai jyu ge sung. (Taai-)
EXERCISE 2
Here is a test of your understanding of classifiers. See if you can
put the correct classifier into the blank space. Be aware that
there are two trick sentences, so you will need to keep your wits
about you!
a G6 ____ uk baib Hob Sln-saang ge.
b Keuib ge ____ sllam-kwabn yaub siu-siu laabn-j6.
c Wobng Siu-je ge bab-ba mb baib ____ ]ung-gwok-yabn.
d Nf ____ Meib-gwok bat b6u gwai.
e G6 ____ lubng-ba dou b6u daaib.
f
--------ba dou sei-j6.
EXERCISE 3
Now try your mathematical skills!
a Luhng-ha sahp-sei man yat jek. Wohng Tdai mdaih-j6 Leuhng
jek. Keuih yiu bei gei-do chin a?
b Ni go dong-hdu ge ha mh gwai: saam-sahp-yih man yat gan,
mdaih yat gan sung bun gan. Wohng Tdai yiu saam gan-
keuih yiu bei gei-do chin a?
Unit 5 J!Pllf Maaihyeh Shops and markets
....
ICIIIi:
I-
N
c
v
3til
Gaau-tung
Getting around
In this unit you will learn
about means of transport
how to get to places
different kinds of time
compass directions
Dialogue 1
6
Mr Wong is a stranger in town and asks a local person the way .
................................................................................................................................
.. :ir!-=:111
.
IJ4t,
1f ,j ....
IJ4t,
Wong
Local
Wong
Local
Wong
Local
Wong
Local
Ng6h yiu daap fei-gei fa an Ying-gwok, chlmg-mahn
heui fei-gei-cheuhng yiu daap gei-do houh ba-sr a?
NT-douh m6uh ba-sr heui fei-gei-cheuhng bo. Neih
yiu sin yauh nT-douh daap sfu-ba yat-jihk heui, gwo
saam go gaai-hau dou daaih mah-louh, hai ba-sf-
jaahm neih yiu lohk sfu-ba,joi jyun daap sahp-r'igh
houh ba-sf heui fei-gei-cheuhng Ia.
Gam. yauh m6uh sfu-leuhn heui fei-gei-cheuhng
ne?
M6uh sfu-leuhn heui gei-cheuhng bo.
Ng6h h6u seung daap deih-hah-tit-louh. Yauh
m6uh deih-hah-tit-louh heui gei-cheuhng ne?
Dou m6uh bot Deih-tit jf heui sfh-keui je.
Gam. ng6h heui Daaih-wuih-tohng lal Yauh m6uh
deih-tit heui a? Deih-tit-jaahm hai bTn-douh a? !
Yauh. deih-tit-jaahm ge yahp-hau hai g6-douh. :
daahn-haih neih wah yiu daap fei-gei faan Ying- ~ ~ ~
gwok. Hai Daaih-wuih-tohng m6uh che heui fei-gei-
cheuhng bo. !
................................................................................................................................... :
CD2, TR2
~ t l
~ t l ~
~ r ~
Jt
E8
lj' E:!.
-11.
}
jjtJ
JU
~ ~
E:!.M
tei-gei
(fei-)ge i-cheu h ng
cheng-mahn
sin
yauh
stu-bel
yat-jihk
gwo
gaai-hau
dou
mah-louh
ba-st-jaahm
aircraft
airport
please, may I ask ?
first
from
mini-bus
straight, directly
go past, go across, go by
road junction
to arrive, arrive at, reach
road
bus stop
Unit 6 3til Gaau-tilng Getting around 6 5
:5
u
5
a
u
66
1i
lohk to alight from
... jyun to turn, to change to
lj\.$tf8
sfu-h!uhn ferry
deih-hah-tit-louh underground railway
sfh-keui urban area
daaih-wuih-tohng city hall
tl!!iiilM
deih-tit-jaahm underground station
AD yahp-h6.u entrance
ffi.1*
daahn-haih but
i5
wah to say
True or false?
a Wohng Sln-saang yiu daap {ei-gei faan Ytng-gwok.
b Wohng Sln-saang yiu daap sahp-ngh houh bll-si heui fei-gei-
cheuhng.
c y auh siu-leuhn heui {ei-gei-cheuhng.
d Dou yauh deih-hah-tit-louh heui {ei-gei-cheuhng.
e Daahn-haih m6uh deih-tit heui Daaih-wuih-tohng.
Insight
In Unit 4 you met w6. meaning speech or language. Now you
find wah with a low level tone meaning to say. As you might
expect, they are closely connected, but you should not draw
the conclusion that the same kind of tone change from one
part of speech to another is common in other words.
Notes
6.1 CHENG-MAHN: PLEASE MAY I ASK ?
Cheng-mahn, a combination of please and ask, is the polite way
to begin a question to a stranger and is very useful therefore when
asking directions. It is also the respectful way to begin a question
to someone of higher status than yourself.
6.2 TO TRAVEL BY
In Unit 3 you were introduced to daap to travel by and in the same
unit you met choh to sit. Choh can actually be used like daap
to mean to travel by as well, probably because when you take
transport you sit on it (if you're lucky!). So daap ba-sf and choh
ba-sf both mean to travel by bus. Beware, however: you cannot do
the opposite and get away with making daap mean to sit!
6.3 FIRST THIS, THEN THAT
The adverbs first and then are sin and joi. Being adverbs they come
before verbs (see Units r, 4 and 5):
Keuih sin heui gei-cheuhng
joi ch6h ba-si fclan ok-kei.
6.4 MORE SHORTCUTS
He's going first to the airport
and then taking the bus home.
Hong Kong's Chek Lap Kok airport (Chek-laahp-gok fei-gei-
cheubng) is such a common feature of everybody's life that the
shortening of the term was almost inevitable. People mostly
reduce it just to gei-cheubng. Similarly, the full formal word for
an underground railway deih-hah-tit-louh is far too much of a
mouthful for most people, who reduce it to deih-tit.
Insight
To get into an underground station you find the yahp-h6.u
the entrance. Yahp-h6.u literally means enter mouth, and you
will not be surprised to learn that the exit lli D cheut-h6.u
literally means exit mouth. Both terms are the standard ones
on signs in public buildings.
Unit 6 3til Gaau-tilng Getting around 6 7
Dialogue 2
Mr Wong visits Britain and is met by his friend Mr Chan.
M : ..................................................................................................................... :
!
i i
! Ml!f. -. l
I 1
68
: :
!
! !
! i
i i
!
!
I i
Wong L6uh Chan, ng6h daih-yat chi h'iih Leuhn-deun,
1:. cheng neih wah ng6h teng heui bTn-douh waan 1:.
h6u ne?
i Chan Dang ng6h daai neih heui waan Ia. Ng6h-deih daap i
.
!:: f6-che sin heung bak hahng, heui chaam-gwun .!::
Gim-kiuh Daaih-hohk.
! Wong H6u a. Gim-kiuh Daaih-hohk haih sai-gaai jeui !
yauh-meng ge daaih-hohkji yat.
I Chan Chaam-gwun-yuhn ji-hauh, ng6h-deih daap ba-sf I
!: heui Ying-gwok dung bouh tai-hah g6-douh ge !:
heung-ha.
1:: Wong H6u jyu-yi. Ng6h h6u jung-yi heui heung-ha deih- 1::
fongwaan.
i Chan Hai g6-douh ng6h yauh yat go h6u pahng-yauh, i
: ng6h-deih h6-yfh hai keuih uk-kei jyuh yat maahn. :
1. Daih-yih yaht cheng keuih ja che sung ng6h-deih 1.
i heui Ying-gwok naahm bouh ge yuh-g6ng tai-hah. i
. Wong Heung-g6ng dou yauh yuh-g6ng, ng6h heui-gwo
1:. h6u do chi lak. 1:.
Chan Ng6h-deih yauh yuh-g6ng joi daap sfu-leuhn heui
1 leih-d6u. 1
co2, TRl!
.:15
16uh elderly, aged, old
daih- (makes ordinal numbers) the first, the
second etc.
fttc
Leuhn-d@un London
teng to listen
m
waan to play, to enjoy, to amuse oneself
**
f6-che railway train
loJ
heung towards
bak north
tr
hahng to journey, to go towards
j:ft
chaam-gwun to visit
Gim-kiuh Cambridge
**
daaih-hohk university
lli:Jf.
sai-gaai the world
jeui most
yauh-mlmg famous
...... z- ... ji-yclt one of the
-yuhn finished ;n:;
ji-hauh after
'iffl
bouh area, part, portion
*
dung east
-r
heung-ha countryside
jyu-yi idea
jung-yi to like, to be fond of
tfr7f
deih-fOng place
mw. h6-yih can, may
l!t
maahn evening, night
B
yaht day
m
ja-ch@ to drive (a vehicle)
sung to deliver, escort, send
i.i
naahm south
Unit 6 3til Gaau-tilng Getting around
69
CA
u
5
a
J
-rl.lt-t
yuh-g6ng fishing port
...... -gwo verb ending, to have
experienced
{X
chi a time, an occasion
h!ih-d6u outlying island
Z.I*J
ji-noih within
!tfit;L ... JI!t-fl;l h6u-chth ... mh-chth to be more like than
like
;Eft j6.u-naahn to flee from disaster, to be a
refugee
Answer the questions
o Cbahn Sln-saang haih mh haih daih-yllt chi laih Leuhn-dlmn a?
b Gim-kluh Daaih-hohk haih mh haih bai Leuhn-deun fuh-gahn a?
c Ylng-gwok dung bouh yauh h6u do yauh-meng ge yuh-gong,
haih mh haih a?
d Cbahn Sln-saang h6u jung-yi heui leih-d6u waan, haih mh
haiha?
Notes
6.5 L6UH
LOuh means elderly, aged and is used only for people and animals
(that is, you would not describe a building or a book as lOuh). It is
often used with the surname as a familiar or affectionate term of
address to a man (rarely to a woman):
L6uh W6ng, . . . Wong, old chap,
Note that when this is done the tone of the surname is changed to
a mid rising tone from the original low falling tone. So the surname
Wohng becomes LOuh Wong and Chahn becomes LOuh Chan.
6.6 ORDINAL NUMBERS
You met the cardinal numbers (one, two, three, fow; etc.) in Unit 2.
The ordinal numbers (the first, the second, the third, the fourth, etc.)
are formed by putting daih- in front of the cardinal number:
yatgoyahn
daih-yat go yahn
one person
the first person
You will remember from Unit 2 that the number two obeys
different rules, so that yih becomes Ieuhng in front of classifiers.
Note that with ordinal numbers there is no such exception:
leuhng go yahn
daih-yih go yahn
two people
the second person
While we are on the subject we might as well look at a couple of
other peculiarities of two. Daih-yih as well as the second can quite
logically extend to mean the next:
Daih-yih yaht keuihjau-j61ak. He left the next day.
It can also logically extend to mean the other:
Ng6hjuhng yCiuh daih-yihji belt. I've still got another pen.
But you need to stretch your mind a little further to take in the
notion that daih-yih can mean the others:
Daih-yih dT bat dou haih keuih ge. The other pens are all hers.
Unit 6 3til Gaau-tilng Getting around 7 I
Insight
Remember:
1 The names of the days of the week start with Laih-baai-
yaht Sunday and then are numbered 1-6, Laih-baai-ydt
Monday to Laih-baai-luhk Saturday.
2 To count the weeks you need to use the classifier go, so
two weeks is leuhng go laih-baai and 12 weeks is sahp-yih
go laih-baai.
3 Many people say sing-keih instead of laih-baai. The two
terms are interchangeable in all the uses you have met here.
6.7 TO TELL
Tell has various meanings in English and they are not all translated
by the same word in Cantonese. When tell means tell someone
about something you can use wah ... teng ... :
Keuih wah ng6h teng keuih rhh He told me he doesn't know how
sTkja-che. to drive.
6.8 DIRECTIONS
dung east naahm south sai west bdk north
Cantonese lists the four directions in the order given here, though
English speakers normally start with north. The intermediate
directions are straightforward provided you remember that they
are always the opposite way round from English, i.e. Cantonese
says eastnorth where English says northeast:
dung-bak
sai-naahm
northeast
southwest
dung-naahm
sai-bak
southeast
northwest
bak
sai dung
naahm
6.9 ANOTHER VERB ENDING: -YUHN FINISHED
Yuhn means the end or to finish. It is used as a verb ending to
show that the action of the verb is all over with:
sihk-yuhn
chaam-gwun-yuhn
finished eating
finished visiting
6.10 'TIME WHEN'
Time expressions which begin with after are translated with ji-
hauh in Cantonese, but ji-hauh is placed at the end of the time
expression not at the beginning:
Neih jciu-j6 ji-hauh, keuih wah
ng6h teng neih rilh jung-yi
sihk hci.
After you'd gone she told me
you don't like prawns.
In English the after you'd gone could come at the end of the sentence
(She told me you don't like prawns after you'd gone), but with
expressions which pinpoint the time when something happens
Cantonese likes to have the information before the verb of the main
Unit 6 3(:)1 Gciautung Getting around 7 3
74
statement is given, so you do not have the option of putting neih jau-
jo ji-hauh at the end. Other time when expressions you have met so
far, such as garn-yaht today and Uih-baai-D.gh Friday. as well as the
many you haven't yet met (at 6 o'clock; in May last year; when I got
there; before he had breakfast; in AD 1492), all obey the same rule:
Laih-baai-luhk neih heui rhh Are you going on Saturday?
heuia?
Ng6h gam-yaht seung heui I'd like to go swimming today.
yauh-seui.
Insight
Cantonese word orders can be very strict. The rule for 'time
when' is a case in point. You have the option of putting it either
before or after the Subject, though there may be some difference
in emphasis depending on which option you select. The 'time
when' expression nmst come somewhere before the verb.
6.11 CAN, ABLE TO
You met sik in Unit 4 and in this unit comes ho-yih: both mean
can, able to. They are not usually interchangeable. Sik really
means to have learned how to and implies that you are able to do
something because you have acquired the skill to do it (speak a
foreign language, ride a bicycle, eat with chopsticks, etc.). HO-yih
operates in the realm of permission (may) and absence of obstacles
to doing something:
Neih srk rhh sTkja-che a? Can you drive? (Do you know
how to drive?)
Neih h6-yih rhh h6-yih ja-che a? Can you drive? (Have you a
licence? Is the car available?)
Another way to say can, be able is by using the verb ending -dak.
This is actually the same word that you met in Unit 5, but in
this use it must go directly onto a verb, as in Ngoh thh heui-dak
(I can't go):
Keuih ja-dak che. He can drive.
With -dak there is no guidance as to whether he can drive because
he knows how to, because his father says he may, because he has
his full physical powers or because there is a car available, so it is a
good all-purpose way of saying can. Do remember though that -dak
can only be put onto a verb, not onto any other part of speech.
6.12 'TIME HOW LONG'
Time expressions which show how long something goes on for (as
opposed to the time when something happens) come after the main
verb in Cantonese:
daap gam noih che
Ng6h-deih hai Heung-g6ngjyuh
leuhng go laih-baai.
Keuih ch6h-j6 ligh go jOng-tauh
tei-gei.
travelling in a car for so long
We're staying in Hong Kong for
two weeks.
He was on the plane for
five hours.
6.13 YET ANOTHER VERB ENDING: -GWO TO HAVE HAD
THE EXPERIENCE
Gwo literally means to go past, as you saw earlier in this unit. As
a verb ending -gwo shows that the verb has been experienced at
some time:
Ng6h sihk-gwo ha. I have had prawns (I have
experienced eating prawns).
The following pairs of sentences illustrate the difference between
the two verb endings -jo and -gwo: -jo, as we saw in Unit 4,
shows that an action has been completed at a particular point
Unit 6 3til Gaau-tilng Getting around 7 5
in time; -gwo shows that an action has at some time or other
occurred:
Keuih heui-j6 Heung-g6ng.
Keuih heui-gwo Heung-g6ng.
Wohng Taai-taai gcim-yaht tai-j6
yr-sang.
Neih yCiuh m6uh tai-gwo yr-sang
a?
Insight
The Mass Transit Railway
He went to Hong Kong.
He has been to Hong Kong.
Mrs Wong went to the doctor's
today.
Have you ever been to the
doctor's?
The underground railway in Hong Kong, the deih-hah-
tit-louh or deih-tit for short, is known in English as the
MTR, short for Mass Transit Railway. The first section of
it was opened in 1979, 43 kilometres were in service by
1989 and new extensions are constantly being added. It is
air-conditioned throughout (including the tunnels), clean,
fast and efficient and fares are low. Hong Kong people
are noticeably proud of the system. The trains have no
barriers between the coaches, so that you can stand at
one end and look down the full length of the inside of
the train as it snakes its way through the tunnels. For
speed of travel through crowded Hong Kong it cannot be
bettered. Since 1998 it has been possible to interchange onto
the very fast Airport Express Line which shuttles at up to
135 kilometres an hour between Chek Lap Kok International
Airport and the very heart of Hong Kong in Central district
(lung-wciahn) near the famous Star Ferry Pier (TTn-sTng
Mah-tciuh).
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
All of the following sentences are already complete, but each of
them will allow one of the lettered elements to be inserted and still
make sense. For example, if you insert element c into sentence 1
you create a new sentence which reads: Gim-kluh Daaih-hohk haih
sai-gaai jeui yauh-meng ge daaih-hohk jl-yat. Cambridge is one of
the most famous univetsities in the world. Now try the rest.
1 Gim-kluh Daaih-hohk haih daaih-hohk jt-yat.
2 Yauh Leuhn-deun heui Gim-kluh Daaih-hohk chaam-gwitn
yiu heung bak hahng.
3 Yauh nt-douh daap ba-s{ heui {ei-gei-cheuhng yiu gei-do
chin a?
l! Nt-douh ge deih-hah-tit-louh j{ heui Daaih-wuih-tohng.
5 Neih yiu daap ba-s{ heui {ei-gei-cheuhng.
o daap che
b sahp-ngh houh
c sai-gaai jeui yauh-meng ge
d mh heui {ei-gei-cheuhng
e gwo saam go gaai-hau dou Fa-yuhn Douh
Unit 6 3til Gaautilng Getting around
EXERCISE 2
Fei-gei-cheuhng Daaih-wuih-tohng
II II
+++++ 0 +++++++++++++ 0 ++++++++++++
JL
Jeung Sln-saang Jeung Taai-taai cheng ng6h sihk-faahn. Mh-goi
neih wah ng6h teng yauh fei-gei-cheuhng dim-yeung heui
jau-lauh a?
~ ~ (-)
Wan-jaahp (yat)
Revision ( 1 )
7
This unit gives you no new vocabulary or grammar rules. Instead
it goes back over a lot of the material from the first six units,
presenting it in a new way so that you can become more fluent
through the extra practice. If you are stuck for any of the words,
remember that there is a word list at the end of the book to help
you. Units 14, 21 and 26 are also revision units, and just to make
sure that you can check on your progress properly you will find
translations and answers in the key at the end of the book.
Passage 1
Read this passage out loud.
Kahmyaht mah-ma mahn ng6hdeih seung rhh seung sihk saleut?
Ng6hdeih go-go dou wah h6u seung sihk. Mah-ma wah, 'H6u h6u,
ng6hjauhjing luhng-ha sa-leut bei neihdeih sihk Ia. Nah, yih-ga
ng6h heui maaih luhng-ha, neihdeih heui maaih dr san-sin saang
gw6 fclan-laih Ia.' Ng6h-deih maaihj6 h6u do san-sin saang-gw6
fclan ok-kei, yauh* yat-chaih hai chyuh-f6ng yuh-beih g6 dr saang
gw6. Bun go jong-tauh jihauh mah-ma fclan-laih lak. Keuih wah,
'Gam-yaht dr luhng-ha yauh sai yauh rhh san-sin, s6-yih ng6h
Unit 7 1ill!!l (-) WOn-:Jaahp (ydt) Revision (1) 7 9
8o
m6uh mciaih,ji-haih mciaih-j6 dT daaih hclje. Neih-deihjauh sihk
daaih ha sa-leut dong luhng-ha sa-leut Ia!'
(*See Unit 5: yauh =furthermore.)
Exercise 1
True or false?
a Kahm-yaht mah-mil wah keuih h6u seung sihk sa-leut.
b Mah-ma jeui sfk jfng luhng-ha sa-teut.
c Ng6h-deih maaih-j6 h6u do san-sin saang-gw6 faan uk-kei.
d Mah-ma maaih-j6 yat jek h6u daaih ge luhng-ha.
e Mah-ma jfng ge luhng-ha sa-leut h6u h6u-meih.
Exercise 2
Answer in Cantonese.
a Mah-ma maaih-j6 mat-yeh faan uk-kei a?
b Ng6h-deih maaih-j6 mat-yeh faan uk-kei a?
c Kahm-yaht di luhng-hil san mh san-sin a?
d Neih sfk mh sfk jfng sa-leut a?
e HOi neih uk-kei fuh-gahn ge jau-Tauh yauh m6uh sa-leut maaih a?
Exercise 3
Translate into Cantonese.
a Have you ever tasted beef salad?
b This American pen is one of the pens I most want to buy.
c This is the first time I've been to your office.
Exercise 4
Eavesdropping -you can hear one end of a phone conversation: see
if you can guess what the other end might be.
....................................................................................................................................
il.lh g<in-yiu. Nliih yih-ga h6i brn-douh a? 1:.
Ou, hcii ok-kei. Mat-yeh sih a?
.! .... ........................... ...1
Easy, isn't it? Try this one.
X
Y H6u h6u. Neih ne?
X
Y Keuih dou gei h6u. Yauh-sam. Neih taai-tciai ne?
X
Y Deui-mh-jyuh, ng6h gam-yaht mh fclan se-jih-lauh, mh h6-
yih tuhng neih faan. Sing-keih-sei, h6u mh h6u a?
X
Y Ng6h mh seung ja-che heui, seung ch6h ba-si heui.
X
Exercise 5
Fill in the blanks.
a Wohng Saang haih keuih bah-ba, Wohng Taai haih __ .
b Ng6h m6uh bah-ba, mah-ma, htng-daih, jf-muih, uk-kei jf
yauh ng6h __ go yahn je.
c Ch6h {ei-gei gwai, daahn-haih ch6h ba-s{ __ .
d Ng6h-deih Laih-baai-yaht __ sai faan se-jih-tauh.
e Hoh Stn-saang m6uh chfn, mh __ daap dtk-sf.
Unit 7 fall. l!1l (-) WOn-:jaahp (ydt) Revision (1} 8 I
Exercise 6
Insert the appropriate plugs (i-v) to create meaningful new
sentences.
a Ng6h-deih nf go Sing-keih-luhk daap fei-gei heui Vtng-gwok
waan.
b Wohng Taai-taai tuhng Wohng Stn-saang laih ng6h ge se-jih-
lauh.
c Neih ge jyu-yi haih jeui h6u ge.
d Nf gaan daaih-hohk haih yauh-meng ge daaih-hohk.
e Leuhn-deun haih Vtng-gwok jeui do yahn ge deih-fong.
i sai-gaai ii saam go yahn iii jt-yat
iv yat-dihng v yat-chaih
Passage 2
Finally, here is another passage for you to read and understand.
When you have understood it, read it out loud several times until it
feels natural and easy on the tongue.
Gam-yaht ng6h felon se-jih-lauh. Hoh Sin-saang wah ng6h teng
Laih-baai-luhk keuih yiu daap fei-gei felan-heui Ying-gwok, s6-yih
hcli Laih-baai-saam ji-hauh jauh mh felon se-jih-lauh lak. Hoh Sin-
saang haih ng6hjeui h6u ge pahng-yauhji-yat, keuih nT chi felan-
heui Ying-gwokji-hauh, ng6h gujauh mh felan-laih ge lak. Gam,
ng6h yiu sung mat-yeh bei keuih h6u ne? Ng6h seung-j6 h6u noih
dou m6uhjyu-yi,jauh heui mahn Wohng Siu-je tuhng Jeung Taai-
taai. Wohng Siu-je wah, 'Ng6h-deih saam go yahn yat-chaih cheng
Hoh Sin-saang sihk-faahn ICll H6u mh h6u a?' Jeung Taai-taai wah,
'Yuh-gw6 Hoh Taai-taai h6-yih tuhng Hoh Sin-saang yat-chaih laih,
gamjauhjeui h6u lak.'
Ng6h wah siu-je tuhng taai-taai gejyu-yi yat-dihng haihjeui h6u
ge. Neih wah haih mh haih a?
Tin-hei
Blowing hot and cold
In this unit you will learn
vocabulary for talking about heat and cold
timewhen
making adverbs from adjectives
Dialogue 1
8
A husband and wife agree about the temperature, but not about
much else.
an
ll(t,
c
u
Unit 8 7i:._ Tin-hel Blowing hot and cold 8 3
Y r
MrWong
Mrs Wong
MrWong
Mrs Wong
MrWong
Mrs Wong
MrWong
Yih-ga tin-hei jihm-jfm lt'iahng lak. Ng6h h6u pa
lt'iahng: ng6h jeui jung-yi saai-taai-yeuhng ge.
Tin-mahn-toih wah gam-yaht wuih lohk-yuh, nT
go Sing-keih-luhk juhng wuih lohk-syut tim.
Ng6h yfh-ging yuh-beih-j6 dT lt'iahng-tTn saam Ia.
Ng6h seung ting-yaht mt'iaih go dihn-nyuhn-louh
faan-laih, neih wah h6u rhh h6u a?
Mh h6u.
Gam, ng6h yiu gei-sf mt'iaih a?
Mh-h6u mt'iaih dihn-nyuhn-louh lal Neih mt'iaih
ge yeh sih-sih dou rhh saht-yuhng ge.
Ng6h rhh tuhng-yi. Ng6h mt'iaih ge yeh jeui saht-
yu hng ge lak.
Mrs Wong Neih yiu ji-dou mt'iaih rhh saht -yuhng ge yeh jTk-
haih saai-chfn.
MrWong Neih wah ng6h teng, ng6h mclaih-j6 mat-yeh
rhh saht-yuhng a?
tin-hei
jihm-jfm
16.ahng
saai-taai-yeuhng
pa
tin-mahn-toih
lohk-yuh
juhng
wuih
lohk-syut
tim
weather
gradually
cold
to sunbathe
to fear; to dislike
observatory
to rain (lit: to fall down rain)
in addition, furthermore
it is likely that (future possibility)
to snow
(final particle) as well, also,
what's more
liB
lfjf
Jll'ffl
llf.IE
* Jlfjij
'(?
yth-ging
laahng-tTn
saam
ting-yaht
dihn-nyuhn-louh
gei-st? or gei-sih?
yeh
sih-sih (dOu)
saht-yuhng
tuhng-yi
ji-dou or ji
sciai
jai
jau-16ng
cheuhng-gok
sau-tclih
mi ht-f6-tu ng
gauh-ntn
nihn
a?
Have you understood?
already
cold weather, winter
clothing
tomorrow
electric heater
when?
thing, object
always, frequently
practical
to agree
to know a fact, to understand
to waste
to put, to place
passage, corridor
comer (of house, room, etc.)
hand held, portable
fire extinguisher
last year
year
(particle) (triumphantly scoring
a point) didn't I tell you so!
Read the dialogue again and then select the correct phrases from
the ones in brackets in the following sentences. You will no
doubt feel insulted if we tell you that the answer to the first one is
dihn-nyuhn-louh ... so we won't!
a Wohng Stn-saang da-syun maaih (dihn-nyuhn-louhlmiht-fo-
tung).
b Wohng Taai-taai wah Wohng Sin-saang maaih ge yeh sib-sib
dou (yauh-yuhng/mouh-yuhnghhh saht-yuhng).
c Go go sau-taih miht-fo-tung jai bai (jau-lauh/se-jih-tauhl
cheuhng-gok).
d Go go sau-taih miht-fo-tung (yuhng-gwo yat chi/mouh yuhng-
gwolsth-sih yuhng).
l
Unit 8 7i:._ Tin-hel Blowing hot and cold 8 5
86
Insight
I'm afraid
When is afraid not afraid? No, it's not a riddle, but Cantonese,
like English, uses pa or ngoh pa to mean either I am in a state
of fear or I'm sorry to say. In addition, in Cantonese it can
mean I really dislike, and in the dialogue you will read that Mr
Wong pa laahng hates the cold.
Notes
8.1 WHAT'S MORE
Juhng means furthermore, in addition (you met the same word in
Unit 3 when it meant still, yet). It is an adverb and therefore, as you
now know, comes before the verb in the sentence. The final particle
tim is usually added on at the end to give additional force to juhng:
Ng6hjuhng yauh leuhng go tim.
Keuihjuhng seung heui Meih-
gwok yat chi tim.
Insight
Cold and not so cold
I've got two more as well.
What's more she wants to go to
the States once as well.
Laahng means cold, and laahng-tTn cold weather comes to
mean winter. But the proper word for winter is dung-tTn
which forms a set with cheun-trn spring, hah-trn summer,
and chau-trn autumn.
8.2 WHEN?
Gei-si? when? is the question word which asks for a time when
answer. Not surprisingly then, you will find gei-si? in the same
place in the sentence where the time when answer comes. If you
have forgotten the rule, refresh your memory by rereading Unit 6.
Neih gei-sf heui a?
Ng6h Laih-baai-yaht heui.
When are you going?
I'm going on Sunday.
8.3 MORE ON DOU
You by now are well aware that dou is an adverb which means all,
both, also and that it is placed like other adverbs immediately in front
of the verb. Sometimes it is used where there seems no need for it in
English: for instance, in the dialogue Mrs Wong says Nelli truiaih ge
yeh slli-slli dou thh saht-yuhng ge (The things you buy are always
impractical). What dou is doing is backing up the word slli-slli always,
and it does so because sih-slli feels like a plural idea in Cantonese -it
literally means time-time. You first met this in Unit 5 where dou was
used to back up doubled classifiers. So whenever there are plural ideas
(the cows all ... ; Mr and Mrs Wong . .. ; electric heaters ... ) or
ideas of wholeness (the entire population ... ; the whole busload ... )
you can expect dou to be thrown in for good measure.
8.l! MORE ABOUT MOST
In Unit 6 you met jeui most and you will have had no difficulty
in using it to make superlatives (biggest, coldest, best, etc.). Quite
often you will find that the final particle lak is tacked onto the
sentence to back up jeui, just as tim backs up juhng:
jeui daaih lak
jeui h6u-sihk lak
jeuih6ulak
Rolls-Royce haih Ying-gwokjeui
gwai ge che lak
8.5 TONE CHANGES
biggest
most delicious
best
The Rolls-Royce is Britain's most
expensive car
Up to now you have met only one exception to the rule that a
word is always pronounced in the same tone. Alas, Cantonese is
Unit 8 7i:._ Tin-hel Blowing hot and cold 8 7
88
not, in fact, quite so straightforward and, from time to time, you
will come across the odd word which does not obey the rule. In the
last speech of the dialogue you will notice that the word for year
appears in two different tones. The usual tone is nihn (low falling),
but in last year gauh-nfn it becomes mid rising. There is no obvious
reason why this tone change should occur, but take heart that it
only happens in the following common words:
gauh-nin
gam-nin
cheut-nin
last year
this year
next year
In all other cases year is pronounced in the low falling tone nihn.
8.6 YEARS AND DAYS
While we are talking a bout nihn you might note that it is one of a
very small number of nouns which do not need a classifier. You have
learned that nouns must have a classifier when they are counted or
specified with words like this, that and which (see Unit 2), so you
know that two pens must be leubng ji bat and three Americans must
be saam go Mah.-gwok-yahn. N'dtn year and yaht day, h o w e v e ~
along with one or two other nouns that you have not met, do not
have a classifier; they seem to combine the role of classifier and noun
at the same time. So one day is yat yaht and two years is leu.bng nihn.
This is a convenient place to set out in clear form the words for
years and days that you have met so far:
gam-yaht
kclhm-yaht
ting-yaht
Dialogue 2
today
yesterday
tomorrow
gam-nin
gauh-nin
cheut-nin
this year
last year
next year
Mr Chan and Mr Cheung demonstrate how buying an air
conditioner can lead to a conflict of stinginess.
Chan
Cheung
Chan
Cheung
Chan
Cheung
Chan
Cheung
Chan
Jeung Sin-saang, neih h6u. Heui bln-douh a?
Ng6h heui maaih laahng-hei-gei.
Haih al Tin-hei jihm-jim yiht, maaih laahng-hei-gei
haih sih-hauh Ia.
Chahn Sin-saang, neih yauh mat-yeh da-syun ne?
Ng6h m6uh chin maaih laahng-hei-gei. Tin-hei taai
yiht ge sih-hauh, ng6h wuih heui h6i-taan yauh-seui,
yam be-jau. sihk syut-gou. gam jauh rhh yiht Ia.
Daahn-haih yuh-gw6 da-fung jauh rhh h6-yih heui
h6i-taan. lohk-yuh jauh rhh h6-yih heui maaih syut-
gou ... gam. jauh dim a? Laahng-hei-gei rhh syun
h6u gwai, daahn-haih h6u yauh-yuhng: neih dou
rhh maaih, jan-haih haan lakl
Ng6h rhh syun haan Ia! Ng6h wah neih taai-taai
juhng haan Ia!
Keuih dim-yeung haan-faat a?
NT go Laih-baai-yih ng6h hai baak-fo-gOng-sT maaih
yauh-seui-fu ge sih-hauh, gin-d6u neih taai-taai,
keuih h6u hoi-sam gam wah ng6h ji keuih ji-haih
yuhng-j6 yat tiuh neih ge gauh lehng-taai jauh h6-
yih g6i-sehng yat tou bei-gin-neih' lak. Neih wah
keuih haan rhh haan ne?
Unit 8 : ~ Tin-hel Bfowfng hot and cofd 8 9
laahng-hei-gei air-conditioner (lit: cold
air machine)
AA
yiht hot
sih-hauh time
da-syun to intend; intention
h6i-tcian beach
yam to drink
be-jau beer
$ jau any alcoholic drink
syut-gou ice cream
1JJiit
da-fung to have a typhoon
Jill
fung wind
syun to be regarded as, to be
reckoned
fl"ffl
yauh-yuhng useful
m
hclan to save; to be miserly,
stingy
juhng even more
3
..... rt;? dim-yeung ... -faat? in what way ?
baak-fo-gang-sT department store loll.
\.,1'
gang-sf
5
a company
a
7ht7](1J*
yauh-seui-fu swimming trunks
Jt
gin to see, to meet
JJ
--d6u (verb ending) to succeed in
lm,C.,
hoi-sam happy
...... wah .. . ji = to tell
wah ... teng
tiuh classifier for long, thin,
flexible things
gauh old, used
lehng-taai necktie
t&
g6i to alter, to change
(usually for the
better)
pJG -sehng (verb ending) to
j
become,. into
tou classifier for a set of, a
suit of
bei-gin-neih bikini
90
Insight
Typhoons
It is likely that the word typhoon comes from the Cantonese
word daaih-fung great wind. The summer monsoon season is
the usual time for these swirling torrents of rain and ferocious
winds which can exceed speeds of 160 krnlh, and woe betide
those who are caught unprepared. In recent years few really bad
typhoons have hit Hong Kong and early warning systems mean
that there is usually plenty of time to get to safety and put up
shutters. During a typhoon Hong Kong comes to a standstill,
creating an unaccustomed silence which even the noise of the
wind cannot disguise.
Picture quiz
a Neih wah ]eung Taai yuhng ni tiuh lehng-taai g6i-sehng bei-gin-
neih dak mh dak a?
b Yi.it tou bei-gin-neih haih gei-do gihn a?
Unit 8 ;K .. Tinhei Blowing hot and cold 9 I
92
Notes
8.7 IN WHAT WAY?
You first met dlm-yeung in what way? how? in Unit 5 In the
dialogue you see that it appears with the verb ending -faat way
of . ... You do not have to use this new form, but it is quite good
racy-sounding Cantonese to do so. Here are two example sentences
each using both forms:
1 Keuih dfm-yeung heui fei-gei-cbeuhng a?
Fei-gei-cheuhng keuih dfm-yeung heui-faat a?
2 Keuih dfm-yeung haan chfn a?
Chfn keuih dfm-yeung haan-faat a?
Sentence r means How is he going to the airport? and Sentence 2
means How does she save money? When the -faat form is used,
note how in each case the object of the verb moves to the front of
the sentence and the -faat tacks onto the verb. There is a useful
principle to be learned: Cantonese verbs are sensitive creatures
(remember how some of them feel lonely?) and they don't feel
happy with too many ideas hanging on them. Verb endings must
add directly onto the verb and so if there is an object as well and it
makes the verb feel overburdened, it often feels more comfortable
to shift that object to the front of the sentence.
8.8 SiH-HAUH TIME
Haih slli-hauh is a colloquial way to say it is the right time to . ...
Here are two ways of using it, both of which mean it's time to go
to the office now:
Yih-ga haih sih-hauh fclan se-jih-lauh Ia.
Yih-gd faan se-jih-lauh haih sih-hauh Ia.
Perhaps more common is the expression . ge slli-hauh, which
means when . or while . . Study these two sentences carefully:
Ng6hjyu-sung ge sih-hauh
mh seung mah-mcl bong
ng6h sau.
I don't want mummy to help
me while I'm cooking.
Keuih hai Ying-gwok ge sih-
hauh sih-sih dou laih taam
ng6h.
She often comes to see me
when she's in Britain.
Now look back to Unit 4 and see how ... ge slli-hauh is really just
like other ge phrases:
h6u gwai ge ga-te
maaih-gan bat ge yahn
keuih hcli Ying-gwok ge
sih-hauh
coffee which is very expensive
the person who is buying a pen
the time when she is in Britain
8.9 MAKING ADVERBS FROM ADJECTIVES
If you bracket an adjective with hou ... gam you turn it into an
adverb:
hoi-sam happy
haak-hei polite
Keuih h6u nau.
Keuih h6u nau gam wah
ng6hji.
h6u hoi-sam gam
h6u haak-hei gam
He's very angry.
He told me angrily.
8.10 -D6U TO SUCCEED IN
happily
politely
It is not easy to put a specific meaning on the verb ending -dou.
Sometimes you might want to translate it as to succeed in,
sometimes as successfully, sometimes as actually and quite often
it seems to add nothing much at all to the meaning of the verb to
which it is attached. Here are four examples of it with different
verbs:
Ng6h tai-d6u Wohng Sfu-je hai g6- I caught sight of Miss Wong
douh. there.
Unit 8 7':._ Tin-hel Bfowfng hot and cofd 9 3
Ng6h gu-d6u neih hcli chyuh-f6ng.
Keuih daap-d6u ba-sf.
Ng6h gin-d6u neih taai-taai.
Insight
Old
I guessed rightly that you were
in the kitchen.
He actually caught the bus.
I met your wife.
You have now met two words for old. Gauh means old in the
sense of used, not new and it is applied to inanimate things like
cars, shoes, books etc. Gauh-nfn last year literally means the old
year. When it comes to people and animals the word for old is
16uh -it would sound very odd to describe an old man or an old
dog as gauh. There are some idiomatic exceptions to this split:
you might, for instance, hear either 16uh pcihng-yduh or gauh
pcihng-yauh used to mean an old friend.
8.11 -SEHNG TO BECOME
As a verb ending -sehng means to become or to make into. You will
find an example in the dialogue where Mrs Cheung claims to make
a tie into a bikini. Here is another one:
Ng6h yuhng ngciuh-yuhkjyu- I'm making the beef into a soup.
sehng yat go tong.
A creative test
Can you supply the cartoon caption in Cantonese? Mr Wong
is saying: Don't be angry. I told you the fire extinguisher was a
practical object!
Unit 8 Tinhei Blowing hot and cold 9 5
TEST YOURSELF
EXEROSE 1
Match the correct part B with its part A to make meaningful
sentences.
A Tin-heijihm-jim yiht
Laahng-hei-gei ihh syun
h6u gwai
B .jik-haih saai chin .
Yuh-gw6 maaih ihh
saht-yuhng ge yeh
Ng6h yih-ging yuh-beih-
j6
EXEROSE2
. . maaih laahng-hei-
gei haih sih-hauh Ia.
.. ng6h-deih di laahng-
trnsoam Ia.
.. daahn-haih h6u
yauh-yuhng.
How can you turn these two sentences into one?
G6-douh yauh chi!. Che h6u gwai.
Answer: G6-douh yauh h6u gwai ge chi!.
Try to do the same with the following sentences.
o ]eung Siu-je haih Yaht-bun-yahn. Keuih h6u leng.
b Ng6h mh seung maaih bl'lt. Chahn S'in-saang ge pou-tau maaih
Meih-gwok bat.
c Ng6h h6u seung sihk luhng-ha. Hob Taai jing luhng-ha.
EXEROSE 3
From the list of words and phrases 1-9 you need to sdect the right
ones to complete sentences a-d. Obviously, that means you will
have to reject five of them as unsuitable or less suitable.
1 san-sin
4 sau-taih
7 gaai-siuh
2 Meih-gwok ge
5 mihn-fai
8 hithng-sik
3 Y'm.g-gwok ge
6 yat tou leng ge
9 yith-g6ng
a ____ miht-{6-tung h6u yauh-yuhng.
b Hai nt-douh yam seui haih ____ ge: neih mh sai
bei chin.
c ----bei-gtn-neih mh pehng.
d Yuh-gw6 dt ngauh-yuhk mh ___ ____, ng6h jauh mh seung
sihk.
9
Yuh-/ohk tuhng wahn-duhng
Fun and games
In this unit you will learn
about leisure activities
about going on holiday
Dialogue 1
Mr Chan finds out how his colleague Miss Cheung spends her time off .
.... : .................................................................................................................................. :
a:! !t
1
J\(!H. !
'":! !
i
v! !
9
!
1: 1:
I I
.
i===. Mr Chan Jeung sru-je, kahm-yaht tuhng chihn-yaht dou .i===.
fong-ga. Neih yauh m6uh heui da-bo a?
Miss Cheung Ng6h rhh jung-yi da-bo ge.
1 Mr Chan Yt'iuh m6uh heui keih-ta deih-fong wt'ian ne? j
Miss Cheung Ng6h dou rhh jOng-yi leih-hoi Heung-g6ng ge,
ng6h jf-haih jOng-yi tai-dihn-yfng je.
Mr Chan Ng6h ji-dou kahm-yaht hoi Daaih-wuih-tohng
yauh ya.t cheut h6u yauh-meng h6u h6u-t6.i ge
dihn-yfng. Neih yauh m6uh heui tai a?
Miss Cheung Yauh al Jan-haih h6u h6u-t6.i a. Yih-che juhng
h6u chi-gik tim.
Mr Chan Chi-gTk! Ng6h rhh gok-dok bo. Neih gei rhh
gei-dok g6 cheut dihn-yfng ge noih-yOhng a?
Miss Cheung Deui-rhh-jyuh, ng6h yot-dT dou rhh gei-dok lak,
yan-waih ng6h tOhng naahm-pahng-yauh ya.t-
chaih heui tai ge.
IWB
chihn-yaht the day before yesterday
$:1111
fong-ga to be on holiday, take days off
dci-bo to play a ball game
dihn-yfng cinema film, movie
i{ij
cheut classifier for films and stage plays
MOO
leih-hoi to leave, depart from
ffifli yih-che moreover
chi-gik exciting
gok-dak to feel
gei-dak to remember
noih-yuhng contents
-P(t:j
yat-di a little bit
naahm male
Give the cartoon a caption
Supply the caption for the market researcher's question. He is
asking: Did you feel that this was an exciting film?
I
:IIIII
I
Unit 9 Yuh-lohk tuhng wahn-duhng Fun and games 9 9
Notes
9.1 PLURALITY WITH DOU AGAIN
In Unit 8 you learned about the use of dou to back up plurals. Did
you spot the new example in the first speech of the dialogue?
9.2 FONG-GA TO HAVE A HOLIDAY
Fong-ga literally means to release a day off. It is one of quite a
large group of expressions which are made up of a verb and an
object and these expressions can all be split up if the sense allows.
Here are a couple of examples:
Ng6h nT go sing-keih fang I have three days' holiday this week.
saam yaht ga.
Keuihjouh j6.u-lauh ge He is in the restaurant business.
saang-yi.
9.3 PLAYING BALL
The word bo originally came from the English word ball. Da
means to hit and da-bo is the regular way to say to play a ball
game. The problem is: Which ball game? For a majority of people
it means soccer, but if you happen to be a snooker fan then it
means snooker, or for a basketball fan it means basketball, and
then of course there is table tennis, rugby .... For the moment,
da-bo is all you need, but you might note the very logical difference
between the following:
Ng6h heui d6.-bo.
Ng6h heu i tai d6.-bo.
100
I'm going off to play ball.
I'm going off to watch the game.
9.4 GOING TO THE MOVIES
Tai-dihn-ying means to see a film and heui tai-dihn-ying is to go
to the movies. You will notice that tai-dihn-ying is also a verb plus
object expression, so another example for 9.2 might be:
Wohng Taai seung heui tai
Meih-gwok dihn-ying.
Mrs Wong wants to go to see
an American film.
There is another expression tai-hei, which means to see a play, but
far more people go to the cinema than go to the live theatre and it
is now very common to hear someone say ngoh heui tai-hei when
they mean I'm going to the pictures/movies.
Insight
Overkill
You may or may not have realized that in Miss Cheung's
third speech in the dialogue, she uses three different ways
of saying moreover (yih-che/juhng/tim). This may feel like
overkill in English, but it is perfectly alright, indeed common,
in Cantonese.
9.5 TAKING SHORTCUTS AGAIN
In Unit 3 you met the sentence Nab. faan rl:th faan-heui a? and it
was explained that this was a common shortened form of Nab.
faan-heui rl:th faan-heui a? You can do the same thing with any
two-syllable verb and in the dialogue you will have noticed nab. gei
rl:th gei-dak where Mr Chan might equally well correctly have said
nab. gei-dak rl:th gei-dak. Here is another example:
Neihjung mhjung-yi Leuhn-deun a? Do you like London?
Unit 9 t l ~ lli!llill Yuh-lohk tiling wahn-<luhng Fun and games I 0 I
9.6 NOT EVEN A LITTLE BIT!
Yat-di means a little bit and combined with dou and the
negatives mh or mouh it means not even a little bit. In a later
unit you will find that this fits in with a regular grammar
pattern, but for the time being you should just accept it as
an idiomatic expression. Along the same lines you can also
say Ngoh-deih yat-di chin dou mouh. If you are like us you
probably need to say it quite often!
Insight
It's electric!
Dihn-ying movie/film literally means electric shadows and
was an ingenious way of coping with the new concept when
it first burst onto the Chinese scene. The word dihn electric
was itself originally borrowed from the word meaning
lightning and it has been put to very good use ever since. You
met electric heater dihn-nyuhn-louh in Unit 8. Nowadays
everyone is familiar with dihn-che ('electric vehicle') for
tram, dihn-wa ('electric speech') for telephone, dihn-sih
('electric vision') for television, dihn-n6uh ('electric brain') for
computer and many more.
Dialogue 2
Mr Wong and Mr Cheung discuss keeping fit, but Mr Wong is not
sure that the theories apply to his wife!
00 ............................................................................................................................... .
a:: tf-Qt_.
1- M-M-.
u RJJ, :m:fjM--Qt.-. M--MilY+IlttL.r.
102
Mr Wong Jeung Sin-saang, neih wah sih-sih wahn-duhng
h6-yih gaam-siu san-tai leuih-bihn do-yuh ge
ji-fong, deui gihn-hong h6u h6u, haih rhh haih a?
Mr Cheung Haih al Ng6h sih-sih dou haahng-louh, pah-
saan, tuhng da-bo. Neih tai ng6h yih-ging r'igh-
sahp-gei seui lak,juhng haih h6u gihn-hong,
h6u-chih sei-sahp seui gam-seuhng-ha.
Mr Wong Daahn-haih ng6h gok-dak wahn-duhng deui
ng6h taai-taai yat -dr yuhng dou m6uh.
Mr Cheung Yat-dihng yauh yuhng ge. Ji-yiu neih taai-taai
sih-sih wahn-duhng, san-tai leuih-bihn yat-dihng
m6uh do-yuh ji-fong ge.
Mr Wong Ng6h taai-taai sehng-yaht g6ng-yeh, hau-bouh
wahn-duhng physical exercise; to exercise
gaam-siu to reduce, cut down
san-tai the body
{ll{f
leuih-bihn inside
do-yuh surplus
!rtMi
ji-fOng (body){at
deui with regard to, towards
gihn-hong health
haahng-louh to walk
OOLlJ pah-saan to climb mountains, walk the hills
LlJ soan mountain, hill
gei several
1Jf.
seui year of age
Unit 9 lli!llill Yuh-lohk tiling wahn-<luhng Fun and games I 0 3
:5
u
-
j
a
J
111t...tr
gam-seu hng-ha approximately, thereabouts
jt-yiu so long as, provided that
.6J(;B sehng-yaht the whole day
Mt
gong to speak, talk, say
D$ hclu-bouh the mouth
gei-yuhk muscle
seung double
rE:. hah-pah chin
Insight
Deui
Deui means to face, and from this a number of other
meanings and expressions derive. You have already met
deui-mh-jyuh ('I face you but can't stand my ground') I'm
sorry. And if you face something you are looking towards
it, so deui also means towards and regarding, and from that
it means with regard to, concerning. Things which face each
other and match make a and deui means a pair too, so
it is the classifier for chopsticks. And from there an answer
which matches a question is also deui correct (or at least it is
in Guangzhou, but Hong Kong people tend to use another
word for correct- ngaam).
Notes
9.7 GEl SEVERAL
You met gei in the expression gei?-do? how many? in Unit 5 and
gei-sf? when? in Unit 8. On its own gei can also mean how many?,
but it has the meaning several as well, and that could be quite
confusing. Supposing someone were to say to you gei go yahn, you
couldn't be sure whether they were saying how many people? or
several people. Obviously the context in which they said it would
104
help a lot, but in practice if it were a question most people would
add a? on the end and that would of course make it clear.
In its several meaning, gei gets involved with numbers quite a lot
and you will see one example in Mr Cheung's first speech in the
dialogue. Here are a few other examples:
yih-sahp-gei go yahn
sahp-gei seui ge lung-gwok-yahn
gei-sahp go yahn
gei-sahp nihn
9.8 SEUI YEARS OF AGE
more than 20 people (i.e. more
than 20 but fewer than 30)
a Chinese in his teens
dozens of people (several tens
of people)
several decades
There are two points to be noted about seui. First, it is one of
those few words which (like yaht and nihn) do not need a classifier.
Second, it is often used without a verb. Look again at the dialogue
where Mr Cheung says ngoh yih-gln.g Ogh-sahp-gei seui lak: there
is no verb in this expression at all, yet it is perfectly acceptable
Cantonese. If you want to or feel the need to put in a verb, the
most commonly used one is haih to be. Mr Cheung could have
said: ngoh yih-ging haih Ogh-sahp-gei seui lak and it would have
meant the same.
9.9 APPROXIMATELY
Garn-seuhng-h.a literally means thus up and down and from that
comes to mean approximately. It usually follows whatever it refers
to, as it does where you met it in the dialogue: sei-sahp seui garn-
seuhng-h.a about 40 years old.
Unit 9 l l ~ llillllll Vuh.Johk tiling wahn.<Juhng Fun and games I 0 5
9.10 SEHNG THE WHOLE
Sehng- combines with classifiers to make the whole . So sehng-
go Iaih-baai is the whole week, sehng-yaht is the whole day or all
day long and sehng-nihn is the whole year long. (Remember that
yaht and nihn are nouns which act like classifiers- see Unit 8.)
9.11 ANOTHER 'LONELY VERB'
In Mr Wong's last speech, he says Ngoh taai-taai sehng-yaht g6ng-
yeh. Yeh means things, as you learned in Unit 8, but here it is
merely doing duty as the supplied object for the verb g6ng which is
one of those which gets lonely on its own. Yeh is quite handy for
this purpose: here are a few more examples of it with lonely verbs:
Neih seung mh seung sihk-yeh?
Ng6h taai-t6.ai heui-j6 m6.aih-yeh.
Keuih sehng-yaht dou y6.m-yeh.
Insight
A problem of age
Do you want to eat?
My wife's gone shopping.
He drinks all day long.
When someone gives his age he will give it in seui not in
nihn. e l ~ that's easy enough. What is sometimes a problem
is sorting out what seui means, because traditionally Chinese
people were born one seui old and then added another seui
to their age at each lunar new year. So a Chinese born on
106
the last day of the lunar year would already be leuhng seui
old the next day, while a western baby born on the same day
would not even have got to 'one' yet!
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Here are some jumbled elements from which to make meaningful
sentences.
a gam-seuhng-ba/Hoh Stn-saanglngh-sahp seuilh6u-chfh
b h6u h6ulstb-sthldeuilwahn-duhnglgihn-h0ng
c ng6hlda-boljung-yiljelpah-saanljf-haihltuhng yauh-seui
EXERCISE 2
There is a relationship between each of the words in A and one of
the words in B. Make the connections.
A sung
daaih-gaam-ga
laahn
h6i-taan
lohk-syut
EXERCISE 3
B yauh-seui
san-sln
laahp-saa p-t6ng
dihn-nyuhn-louh
baak-fo-gimg-si
You've made it to the big time: you are a professional interpreter.
The fate of nations hangs in the balance, so make sure you translate
the following remarks by the British Foreign Secretary accurately or
there may be a diplomatic incident with the state of Cantonia!
ml !.
M
Mr Wong Ng6h gok-dak Heung-g6ng hohk-saang duhk-
syu jan-haih san-fO lak.
Mr Cheung Haih at Ng6h dou tuhng-yi. Keuih-deih mOih
yaht dou yiu duhk Jung-mahn. Ying-mahn. Sou-
hohk, Deih-leih, Lihk-situhng Fo-hohk. Yih-che
pihng-gwan mOih go laih-baai dou yauh leuhng-
saam fo yiu chaak-yihm.
Mr Wong Juhng yauh al Keuih-deih ge fo-bun yauh
chOhng yauh do, mOih yaht yiu daai-faan hohk-
haauh ge fo-bun tuhng lihn-jaahp-b6u jauh rhh
wOih sfu-gwo sahp bohng chuhng.
Mrs Lee Ng6h go jai gam-nfn jf-haih sahp seui ji-ma. hai
sfu-hohk duhk-syu, daahn-haih keuih maahn-
maahn dou yiu wan-jaahp cha-rhh-do sei go
jang-tauh sin-ji h6-yfh jouh-yuhn dT gung-fo.
Ng6h rhh mihng-baahk dT sin-saang dfm-gaai
bei gam do gung-fo keuih-deih.
Mr Wong Ng6h wah hai jung-hohk gaau-syu juhng maah-
faahn at Yauh yiu gaau keuih-deih yauh yiu
gwun keuih-deih, yauh-keih gwun keuih-deih,
yan-waih yih-ga dT hauh-saang-jai go-go dou
rhh jung-yi beih yc'ihn gwOn ge Ia.
Mr Cheung H6u-ch6i ng6h-deih go-go dou rhh haih gaau-
syu sin-saang je. Yuh-gw6-rhh-haih, ng6h-deih
dou m6uh sih-gaan yat-chaih hai nT-douh king-
gai Ia.
~
hohk-saang student, pupil
duhk to read
~
syu a book
- ~
duhk-syu to study
* ~
san-fu hard, distressing
muih each, every
~ ) Jung-mahn Chinese language
I
I
Unit 12 W Gaau-yt.flk Education (or life I 3 5
Ying-mcihn English language
!!:*=
sou-hohk mathematics
:li!!f.l deih-leih geography
lihk-st history
t+*=
fO-hohk science
.sp::l$)
pihng-gwcin average, on average
f+
fO a subject, a discipline
chaak-yihm to test; evaluation
tl-*
fo-bun textbook
:m:
chuhng heavy
hohk-haauh school
lihn-jaahp-b6u exercise book
j{!
gwo than
if
bohng pound (weight)
Z.i$ jr-ma particle (only)
:5
lj\* stu-hohk primary school
wcin-jaahp to revise lessons
11.:
u
chci-rilh-do almost
5
a
Jj]tl gung-fo homework
mihng-baahk to understand, be clear
about
sin-sciang teacher
jung-hohk secondary school
gaau-syu to teach
mciah-fciahn trouble, troublesome
'if
gwun to control, be in charge
of
jtjt
yciuh-keih especially
hauh-sdang-j6.i youngsters
hauh-saang young
ill
beih by; to endure, suffer
h6u-ch6i lucky, fortunately
J U]E.)
yuh-gw6-rilh-hai h( otherwise
Whoops! Something is wrong!
Each of the following sentences contains an error either in the sense
or in the grammar. Can you spot the deliberate mistakes?
a Go d"i hohk-saang jek-jek dou s"ik gong Ytng-mahn.
b Ngoh mh stk gong ]ung-mahn.
c Wohng Taai go jai mh yauh lihk-sf fo-bun.
d Go leuhng Meih-gwok sfu-je mh jung-yi jeuk hUhng-s1k ge
saam-kwahn.
e Wohng Sin-saang ge bah-ba gam-nfn jf-haih baat seui j"i-ma.
Notes
12.1 MUIH EACH, EVERY
There are two things to remember a bout using mUih. First, it
requires the use of a classifier:
muihgoyahn
muihji bat
muihyaht
each person, everybody
each pen
every day (refer back to Unit 8 if this one puzzles
you)
Second, because mUih involves wholeness and inclusiveness it is
almost always backed up by dou placed before the verb:
Muih gihn sclam-kwahn dou
y6uh sfu-sfu laahn-j6.
Each one of the dresses is slightly
damaged.
12.2 SIMPLE COMPARISONS WITH GWO
The same word gwo which you met in Unit 6 (meaning to go past,
to go by) is used to make simple comparisons (X is -er than Y):
Ng6h ge c h ~ daaih-gwo nt!ih
ge c h ~
Ying-gwok che gwai mh gwai-
gwo Yaht-bun c h ~ a?
My car is bigger than yours.
Are British cars more expensive
than Japanese cars?
Unit 12 W Gaau-yt.flk Education (or life I 3 7
The pattern, then, is X adjectivegwo Y and you can probably see
how logically it works- X is adjective surpassing Y:
Ng6h gou-gwo keuih. (I am tall surpassing him) I am taller than
he is.
In the dialogue Mr Wong talks about the heavy load of books and
exercise books carried by students and he says mh wUih siu-gwo
sahp bohng chUhng they cannot be kss than ten pounds in weight.
Insight
Learning
In the dialogue you met hohk-saang student, hohk-haauh
school, andjung-hohk secondary school. All these have in
common hohk, which is a good useful verb meaning to learn
and to imitate.
12.3 CLASSIFIERS AS POSSESSIVES
You learned in Unit 2 that that useful word ge shows possession, so
that my pen is ngOh ge bat. There is a minor snag with this: as you
know, nouns can be either singular or plural without changing their
form and so ngoh ge bat can mean either my pen or my pens. In many
cases it doesn't matter that this is unclear or else the context makes it
obvious whether you mean pen or pens. If you wish to be more precise,
however, you can be and it is the classifier which gives you the power:
ng6h ge bat
ng6hji bat
ng6h dT bat
my pen or my pens
my pen (singular only)
my pens (plural only)
In the dialogue Mrs Lee talks about ngoh go jai and that tells you
that she only has one son or at least that she is only talking about
one son in this instance.
12.4 BEIH THE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION
Beih literally means to suffer, to endure, but you will seldom need
to worry about that. You will usually only meet it used like the
English word by in the passive construction. The following two
examples should suffice to show how it works:
Hoh Sin-saang chlmg Wohng Sin-saang heui sihk-faahn.
Wohng Sin-saang beih Hoh Sin-saang chlmg heui sihk-faahn.
The first sentence is active (Mr Ho invites Mr Wong out for a meal)
and the second is passive (Mr Wong is invited out for a meal by Mr
Ho). Cantonese does not use this passive construction very often,
but you need to be aware that it exists so that you will not be taken
by surprise when you meet it.
12.5 RECAP ON CLASSIFIERS
You have now met all the major uses of classifiers, so perhaps this
little checklist will be helpful to you:
1 When you specify a noun with ni, g6, bin, mUih, gei, sehng- (this,
that, which?, each, how many?lseveral, the whole) you should use
the correct classifier between the specifier and the noun:
nrgo ycihn
brn jek luhng-ha?
gei ji bat
g6 tiuh lehng-tciai
muih gihn saam-kwcihn
sehng-go laih-baai
2 When you count nouns you should use the correct classifier
between the specifier and the noun:
yat go Yaht-bun-ycihn
sciam gcian uk
leuhng chcian faahn
yih-sahp-sei ji bat
Unit 12 Gaau-yt.flk Education (or life I 3 9
3 The classifier for uncountable things (like water) is di. Di also
is the plural classifier, that is the classifier used when a noun is
plural but uncounted:
g6 dT seui nT dT sung
nT dT Ying-gwok-ycihn bTn dT lung-mcihn syu?
l! The classifier can be used at the beginning of a sentence where
English uses the definite article:
DT sung h6u h6u-sihk Gihn sdam leng mh leng a?
5 Doubling the classifier and adding dou before the verb gives
the meaning every one of, each one of:
Gihn-gihn saam-kwcihn dou h6u leng.
Gcian-gcian uk leuih-bihn dou m6uh ycihn.
6 The correct classifier or the plural classifier di can be used to
indicate possession:
keuih gcian ak
Wohng Sin-sciang dT che
7 A very few words seem to act as noun and classifier combined.
Of these you have already met the most common- nihn, yaht
and seui:
sciam nihn leuhng yaht sahp seui
8 Finally, here are three new classifiers which you will find
useful:
bouh classifier for books (interchangeable with bun)
bun classifier for books (interchangeable with bouh)
ga classifier for vehicles, aircraft and machinery
Insight
Large, medium and small
Have you noticed how neatly Cantonese copes with the
different levels of the school education system? Primary or
junior school is siu-hohk small/earning; middle or secondary
school is jung-hohk middle learning; and university is daaih-
hohk large learning. You will find the same set (daaih,jung,
siu) on Chinese restaurant menus, showing that you can have
different size dishes of the same order and, of course, the
menu will also show different prices for the three sizes. Quite
often off-the-peg clothes are marked in the same way, with
the addition of dahk-daaih especially large for XL.
Dialogue 2
An encounter with a traffic policeman shows that education does
not always succeed in getting the main point across.
=---------------------------------- ..::r
i
I
1
N
8
.fJJY I
.fJJY I
I
Unit 12 Gaau")'lllk Education (or life I 4 I
i:
M
I'
Mrs Wong Heung-g6ng jing-fu gaau-yuhk Heung-g6ng !
sfh-mahn jan-haih sat-baaih lak. 1=:.
Mrs Cheung Neih g6ng bTn fong-mihn ge gaau-yuhk ne?
Mrs Wong H6u do fong-mihn Ia. yauh-keih yat-bun ge :
gung-guhng diht-jeuih fong-mihn. 1===.
Mrs Cheung Yfl Chihn-bihn yauh go gfng-chaat h6u-chfh yiu
Policeman
Driver
Policeman
Driver
Policeman
Driver
Mrs Wong
gfm-hung go hei-che sT-gei bol Ng6h-deih heui
tai-hah Ia. i
Sin-saang, neih tai rhh tai-d6u g6 joan gaau- 1:.
tung-dang a?
Tai-d6u a! :
Neih tai mh tai-d6u haih huhng-dang a? 1==.
Tai-d6u al
Gam. dfm-gaai neih juhng yiu chUng hUhng- :
dang ne? 1===.
Mh h6u-ch6i, yan-waih ng6h tai-rhh-d6u neihl
Jeung Taai, neih tai-hah, nT dT jauh haih Heung-
g6ng-yahn deui yat-bun gung-guhng diht-jeuih i
ge gaau-yuhk lakl 1:.
Mrs Cheung Muih go seh-wui dou yauh yat-dT waaih-fahn-
i5(Jf.f jing-fu government
gaau-yuhk to educate; education
sih-mahn citizen
sat-baaih a loss, a failure
:1300
fong-mihn aspect
-Ai yat-bun general, common, the general run of
gung-guhng public
diht-jeuih order
frf:il
chihn-bihn in front; the front side
ging-chaat policeman
gim-hung accuse
'\:-*
hei-che vehicle, car
11
:5t:il
lj
:flt
!.t
Notes
sr-gei
jaan
gaau-tu ng-dang
gaau-tung
dang
chung
seh-wui
waaih
fahn-ji
12.6 COLOURS
driver
classifier for lamps and lights
traffic light
traffic, communications
a light
to rush, dash against, jump
society
bad
element, member
HUhng-dang is a red light. The other important traffic light colour
is luhk green, and luhk-dang is a green light. In the dialogue, traffic
lights are called gaau-timg-dang: they are often known as hUhng-
luhk-dang too.
It would be useful now to introduce all the major colours. You
should note that they work with -sik ge in the same way as does
hUhng (see Unit 5 ).
baahk-srk white hohng-srk red
chclang-srk orange ji-STk purple
flii-sTk grey laahm-srk blue
(ga-)fe-sTk brown luhk-sTk green
gam-sTk gold ngahn-srk silver
haak-sTk or hak-sTk black wohng-sTk yellow
Unit 12 Gaau-yt.flk Education (or life I 4 3
Insight
Policemen
In the dialogue you met the formal term ging-chaat for
policeman. You will probably also hear the colloquial chaai-
yahn, or even more colloquially chaai-16u, both of which
hark back to the runners who served the imperial Chinese
government.
12.7 TELLING YOUR WHEREABOUTS
In the dialogue you met the word chihn-bihn in front, in front of,
the front side. You had better now meet its friends:
chihn-bihn
hauh-bihn
seuhng-bihn
hah-bihn
j6-(s6.u-)bihn
yau h-(s6.u-)bi h n
leuih-bihn or yahp-bihn
ngoih-bihn or cheut-bihn
dung-bihn
naahm-bihn
scii-bihn
bak-bihn
deui-mihn
cheh-deui-mihn
in front, in front of, the front side
the back, behind, the rear side
the top, on top of, above, the top side
the underneath, under, beneath, the
underside
on the left, the left(-hand) side
on the right, the right(-hand) side
inside, in, the inside
outside, out, the outside
the east side
the south side
the west side
the north side
opposite, the opposite side
diagonally opposite
Note that deui-mihn is exceptional in that -bihn gives place to
-mihn. All these whereabouts words combine happily with hai
(at, in, on, to be at, to be in, to be on):
Keuih hcli ll!uih-bihn.
Gaan uk hai tei-gei-
cheuhng naahm-bihn.
144
She is inside.
The house is on the south side of
the airport.
Bouh syu hoi so-fci-yih
seu hng-bihn.
Wohng Siu-je hoi neih
hauh-bihn.
Hoi ukj6-bihn y6.uh che-
fOhng.
Ch6h hoi g6 gaan jou-
lauh cht!ut-bihn youh
leuhng go waaih-
fahn-ji.
The book is on the sofa.
Miss Wong is behind you.
There is a garage on the left of the
house.
There are two bad lots sitting
outside that restaurant.
In the last two examples the verb yauh to have is used to mean
there is or there are. If you have learned French, you will find a
similarity with the expression il y a (there is, there are) which also
uses the verb to have.
Insight
One whereabouts word that needs special care is jung-gcian
in the middle of, in between. When it means in the middle of it
acts just like the other words:
Keuih ch6h hcli fci-yun She is sitting in the middle of the
jung-gaan. garden.
But when it means in between it has a pattern all to itself (hcli
X Y jung-gaan or hcli X tuhng Y jung-gaan):
Keuih ch6h hoi Wohng
Saang (tuhng) Chahn
Toai jung-goan.
She is sitting between Mr Wong
and Mrs Chan.
Unit 12 Gaauyt.flk Education (or life I 4 5
Insight
Colour symbolism in Chinese culture
The dominant colour in Chinese culture is red. It stands for
happiness and good luck. Brides traditionally have dressed in
red and wept into red handkerchiefs, their grooms wear red
sashes, and the house where they set up home is decorated
with auspicious sayings written on red paper. White is the
colour for funerals (although people also wear a flash of
something red about them in order to offset the ill luck
which surrounds death and burial). Yellow was the Imperial
colour, and the roofs of the Forbidden City in Beijing are still
covered with yellow tiles: yellow also stands for China. You
will have noticed that the word for brown is coffee colour,
clearly a comparatively recent import. In the traditional
colour scheme, red ran into yellow uninterrupted by brown
and browns were classified either as huhng or wahng. What
English calls a brown cow, Cantonese calls a wohng-ngauh
and dark tan shoes are deemed to be huhng-slk.
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Go back and read the first dialogue of this unit once more. Then
without looking at it again try to choose from the brackets the
words which will complete the following sentences correctly.
a Wohng Stn-saang wah dt hohk-saang ge fo-bun (yauh gwai
yauh leng/yauh pehng yauh sanlyauh chUhng yauh do).
b Leih Taai-taai go jai maahn-maahn dou yiu wan-jaahp (sei go
jfmg-tauhlsaam go jung-tauhlyat go jung-tauh).
c Wohng Stn-saang wah gaau (sfu-hohkljung-hohkldaaih-hohk)
juhng maah-faahn.
d Jeung Saang wah h6u-ch6i keuih-deih mh haih (gfng-chaat/
st-geilgaau-syu stn-saang.
EXERCISE 2
Imagine you are a worried parent trying to place your son in a
Hong Kong school. You have an interview with the headmaster
tomorrow and are preparing some questions to ask him, but
you are nervous that your newly acquired language will let you
down, so you had better write out the questions in Cantonese
on a slip of paper in case you get stuck. Go ahead and translate
them now:
a Does my son need to study Chinese?
b How many hours of homework must he do each evening?
c My son has studied at junior school in London for five years.
British pupils do not go to secondary school until they are
11 years old. Is it the same in Hong Kong?
Unit 12 f Gaauyt.flk Education (or life
d How much a year does it cost to study in your school?
e Does the pupil need to buy textbooks and exercise books?
EXERCISE 3
Here are the answers which we happen to know the headmaster
will give to your questions, but he is so bored with hearing the
same thing from every parent who sees him that he deliberately
gives the answers in the wrong order. You will have to try to match
the lettered answers with the numbered questions before you know
what is what, but our advice is to try another school for your son!
Yiu. H6u gwai tim!
ii Yiu. Keuih yat go sing-keih yiu hohk saam-sahp go jung-tauh.
iii Heung-g6ng ge gaau-yuhk tuhng Ying-gwok ge cha-mh-do lak.
iv Mh-sai h6u do je. Ngh-luhk go jung-tauh je.
v Mh-sdi h6u do je. Yat nihn sei-baak-maahn man je.
EXERCISE 4
Describe the scene you see here by answering the questions in
Cantonese.
o Hai ak ngoih-bihn yauh mllt-yeh a?
b Wohng Saang bai Wohng Taai btn-bihn a?
c Bouh syu bai btn-douh a?
d Neih ga Wohng Saang Wohng Taai jouh-yuhn mlJt-yeh faan-
laih a?
e Hai Wohng Taai chihn-bihn yauh mat-yeh a?
f Neih gei mh gei-dak g6 go miht-{6-tung haih btn-go maaih ga?
g Wohng Saang Wohng Taai go jai bai btn-douh a?
h Neih wah Wohng Taai hOi mh hOi-sam a?
!2:-
Tauh-gei
Speculation
In this unit you will learn
how to speculate in Cantonese!
shortcuts
alternative questions
Dialogue 1
13
Mr Cheung lets slip that he is not entirely immune from Hong
Kong's passion for gambling.
till!f-ft, o
I
ra,,IM' 0
l!'t I Piltft ll!t ft -ffimfti!YE ?
Mr Cheung Kahm-yaht dihn-toih ge san-mahn gw6ng-bo
wah, gauh-nfn Heung-g6ng sfh-mahn tauh-jyu
hai choi-mah ge chfn yauh ydt-baak-saam-sahp-
yih-ylk yuhn, yahp mah-cheuhng ge yahn-sou
haih saam-baak-yih-sahp-maahn yahnl
Mr Wong Wahl Heung-g6ng-yiihn g6-jahn-sih jan-haih
yauh-chfn lak. Daahn-haih yauh gauh-nfn dou
yih-ga chyuhn sai-gaai ge ging-jai dou rhh hou,
heui mah-cheuhng ge yiihn sru-j6lak. Jeung Sin-
saang, neih jung mh jung-yi d6u-mah ga?
Mr Cheung Mh jung-yi. D6u-mah, d6u-gau, d6u-pe-paai,
d6u-gu-piu ... yeuhng-yeuhng ng6h dou rhh
jung-yi.
Mr Wong Neih jan-haih gwaai lakl Hai Heung-g6ng h6u-
chfh neih yat-yeuhng ge yahn yih-ga jan-haih
h6u sfu lak.
Mr Cheung Yauh-yiihn wah, Heung-g6ng gam faahn-wihng
haih tuhng Heung-g6ng-yahn ju ng-yi d6u-chrn
yauh gwaan-haih ge bol Neih wah ngaam rhh
ngaama?
Mr Wong Ng6h wah m6uh gwaan-haih, daahn-haih
d6u-chrn tuhng jeuih-on ge jang-ga jauh yauh
gwaan-haih lak.
Mr Cheung Deui-rhh-jyuh, Wohng Sin-saang, ng6h yih-ga
gau-jung yiu heui chaam-ga yat go chih-sihn
chauh-fun chau-jeung-wui.
Mr Wong Chau-jeung-wui ahl Jeung-ban fung rhh fling-
fuga?
Mr Cheung Tauh-jeung haih yat gaan ak, yih-jeung haih yat
ga che.
Mr Wong Yfl Gam, syun rhh syun haih d6u-chfn ne?
Unit 13 'il!:<t Speculation I 5 I
dihn-toih radio station
scin-mcihn news
gw6ng-bo broadcast
19Ji
tciuh-jyu to stake, to bet
choi-mah or to race horses, horse racing
paau-mah
mah a horse
it
yTk a hundred million
7G
yuhn dollar
mah-cheuhng racetrack
ycihn-sou number of people
yauh-chin rich
chyuhn the whole
ging-jai economy, economic
d6u-mah to bet on horses
}It
d6u to gamble on, to bet on
d6u-gau to bet on dogs
Cllll
gau a dog
i
}ltD$!\$ d6u-pe-paai to gamble at cards
P$!\$ pe-paai playing cards u
5
d6u-gu-piu to gamble on shares
a
gu-piu stocks and shares
yeuhng-yeuhng all kinds of, all sorts of
gwciai well behaved, obedient, a 'good boy'
fciahn-wihng prosperous
Jltil
d6u-chin to gamble with money
111*
gwcian-haih relationship, connection, relevance
ngaam correct
jeuih-on criminal case
J:\!;/J[l jcing-gci increase, to increase
gau-jong time's up, it's time to
chih-sihn charity
chciuh-fun to raise money, fund raising
chciu-jeung lucky draw
wui meeting; club, association
jeung-ban prize
fung-fu rich, abundant
tau h-jeu ng first prize
152
Insight
The Cantonese as gamblers
The Cantonese have been renowned for their love of
gambling for a long while and they pursue their love
with dedication and not infrequently with recklessness. A
nineteenth-century missionary reported that in the city of
Canton (Gw6ng-jau) the orange sellers would take bets with
their customers on the number of pips which the oranges
they bought might contain, offering different odds on various
numbers. It would hardly be an exaggeration to say that
next to eating, the favourite pastimes of Hong Kong have
for many years been mahjong and horse racing and since
the 196os the stock exchange has become a fourth passion.
At weekends high-speed ferries, jet-driven hydrofoils and
helicopters carry thousands of Hong Kong people the
40 miles to Macau where other forms of gambling are legally
available; and many Cantonese high rollers are to be found
in casinos all over the world.
Notes
13.1 DIFFERENT DOLLARS
In Unit 5 you learned the word man for dollar. Now you have a
different word yUbn which has the same meaning. There are in
fact two different systems for talking about money, a colloquial
system (man) and a more formal written system (yU.bn). When
people write they always use the formal system and when they
speak they usually (but not always) use the colloquial system. It is
perhaps closest to the American dollars and bucks system, where
no banknote carries the word bucks but where, in speech, either
bucks or dollars is acceptable. In the dialogue Mr Cheung uses
yUbn because a figure as large and important as 13 billion seems to
command more formality and the radio newscaster he is quoting
Unit 13 :Jl!:ll T l w h g ~ Speculation I 5 3
would certainly not descend into the colloquial man for such an
important item. The money system will be explained further in
Unit 20.
13.2 DROPPING CLASSIFIERS
In Mr Cheung's first speech you will notice that he talks of saam-
baak-yih-sahp-maahn yahn (3,200,000 people), but he does not
use the classifier go which you would expect between the number
and the noun. The larger numbers get, the less likely it is that a
classifier will be used: as a rule of thumb you can assume that
the classifier will be used up to Ioo and will seldom be used for
numbers greater than Ioo, but if you are in doubt put it in; it is
never wrong to do so.
13.3 STRIKING IT RICH
The reason why yauh-chfn means rich is clear enough- it comes
from having money. But notice that although yauh-chln is made up
of a verb plus a noun (yauh + chln) it acts as if it were any other
adjective:
Hoh Sin-sciang h6u yciuh-chfn.
Yauh-chfn ycihn ch6h hai
che hauh-bihn.
Mr Ho is very rich.
The rich ride in the back.
13.4 THE SAME, ALMOST THE SAME AND RELATED TO
In the dialogue Mr Cheung says tUhng Heung-gOn.g-yahn jimg-yi
dou-chfn yauh gwaan-haih- is related to Hong Kong people's
loving to gamble. Notice how tUhng introduces the construction.
You have met similar constructions before, and you might like to
consolidate your understanding of them here:
h6u-chfhjau-lciuh ge
yat-yeuhng (Unit 4)
tuhng dT so-fcl-yf ge bou-lfu
yGt-yeuhng (Unit I I)
154
seems like restaurant food
the same as the material of
the sofa
h6u-chih sei-sahp seui seem like about 40
gam-seuhng-ha (Unit 9)
tuhng Ying-gwok ge almost like the British
chci-rhh-do (Unit 1 2)
Dialogue 2
Why Mr Chan is welcomed at the mahjong table.
:....................................................................................................................... \D
: .....
!
: N
.
1: 8
!
1.
! ll(t,
I JU@.
i
!
I
! Mr Lee L6uh Chan, neih gam jCmg-yi heui Ou-mun d6u-
!. chin. 16uh-saht wah bei ng6h teng, neih yehng chin
ge sih-hauh do dihng-haih syu chin ge sih-hauh
1. Mr Chan haih yehng chin ge sih-hauh do Ia.
Daahn-haih mOih chi dou haih yehng siu-siu je.
i
. Mr Lee NeihjUng-yi d6u Leuhn-pun dihng-haih Yah-yat-
! dim a?
! Mr Chan Leuhng yeuhng dou mh jCmg-yi; ng6h jU ng-yi d6u
1 Faan-taan.
Unit 13 Speculation I 5 5
Mr Lee Neih heui d6u-cheuhng dihng-haih hai uk-kei d6u- !
chfn a? 1:::::
Mr Chan Ng6h yauh-sih heui d6u-cheuhng, yauh-sih hai
ak-kei, daahn-haih ng6h yat-dihng rhh heui daaih-
dong d6u-chfn, yan-waih haih fei-faat ge. !
Mr Lee Gam, d6u-bo tuhng d6u-ngoih-wuih ne? !
Mr Chan Ng6h gu neih wah 'd6u-bo' jauh haih d6u Ying- 1::.
gwok juk-kauh lak. NT yeuhng yeh ng6h m6uh hing-
cheui. D6u-ngoih-wuih jauh yat-dihng yiu yauh
h6u do bUn-chihn. 56-yfh leuhng yeuhng dou rhh I
sTk-hahp ng6h. 1:::
Mr Lee Heung-g6ng-yahn jeui jung-yi da-Mah-jeuk ge lak:
gam neih ne?
Mr Chan Ng6h gok-dak da-Mah-jeukjeui h6u-waan, jeui !
ng6h, daahn-haih ng6h t.lu siu yOhng 1.
Mr Lee Jan h6u lakl Hah-go-laih-baai yuh-gw6 neih dak-
Ou-mun Macau
;;15Jll' 16uh-saht honest, honestly
yehng to win
dihng-haih or, or rather
... syu to lose
dong-yin of course
.-m
Leuhn-pun roulette
Yah-yat-dfm blackjack, pontoon
;jf
yeuhng kind, sort, type
Fdan-tdan fan tan
d6u-cheuhng casino
yauh-sih sometimes
j;:fi daaih-dong gambling den
fei-faat illegal
Jmjf.ll(
jf.ll(
!JU@
*il
M-m
Notes
d6u-bo
d6u-ngoih-wuih
ngoih-wuih
jOk-kauh
hing-cheui
bun-chihn
srk-hahp or hahp-srk
da Mah-jeuk
h6u-waan
kap-yahn
dak-haahn
cheuhng
13.5 TELLING OPTIONS
to bet on football
to gamble on foreign exchange
foreign exchange
soccer
interest
capital
suitable to, fitting
to play mahjong
good fun, amusing, enjoyable
to attract
to be free, at leisure
classifier for performances,
bouts, games
In Unit 6 you met wah ... teng meaning to inform someone, to
tell someone about something and in Unit 8 you were told that
wah ... ji meant the same. Now you can add other variants,
because gong to speak, which you met in Unit 9, can be substituted
for wah in either of the phrases and you can add in bei to to any of
them. So all the following forms mean the same - she tells me . :
Keuih wah ng6h teng ...
Keuih wah ng6hji ...
Keuih g6ng ng6h teng ...
Keuih g6ng ng6h ji ...
Keuih wah bei ng6h teng ...
Keuih wah bei ng6hji ...
Keuih g6ng bei ng6h teng ...
Keuih g6ng bei ng6hji ...
13.6 DIHNG-HAIH OR RATHER
Dihng-haih nicely translates or when a question is being asked, and
the final particle ne? is usually there to back it up:
Keuih haih lung-gwok-yahn Is she Chinese or Japanese?
dihng-haih Yaht-bun-yahn ne?
Unit 13 Speculation I 57
Neih Lciih-baai-yat dihng-haih
Lciih-baai-yih heui Ou-mun
ne?
Neih seung sihk ngciuh-yuhk
dihng-haihjyu-yuhk ne?
Is it Monday or Tuesday that you
are going to Macau?
Which do you want to have, beef
or pork?
But remember that it is only in questions that dihng-haih will
translate or. If you think back to Unit IO you will remember that
seven or eight people was translated by chat-baat go yahn. The
difference can be shown by comparing the following two examples:
G6-douh yciuh chat-baat
go ycihn.
G6-douh yciuh chat dihng-haih
baat go ycihn ne?
There are (approximately) seven
or eight people over there.
Are there seven or eight people
over there, which is it?
13.7 BLACKJACK TEACHES YOU NUMBERS!
The card game Blackjack, sometimes known as Pontoon or Vingt
et un, is popular among the Cantonese, who call it yah-yat-dlm
(21 spots). Dim means a dot, a spot and yah-yat is an alternative
way of saying yih-sahp-yat 2 I. Here is a list of the alternative
forms of numbers, all of which really consist of nothing more than
slurring over the word sahp in numbers above 20:
yih-sahp-yat = yih-ah-yat = yah-yat = yeh-yat
sciam-sahp-yat = sciam-ah-yat = sci-ah-yat
sei-sahp-yat = sei-ah-yat
l'igh-sahp-yCit = l'igh-ah-yat
luhk-sahp-yat = luhk-ah-yat
chat-sahp-yat = chat-ah-yat
baat-sahp-yat = baat-ah-yat
gciu-sahp-yat = gciu-ah-yat
We have only shown 2 I, 3 I, 4 I etc., but the same shortcuts work
for 22, 32, 42 .. and any other such number up to 99 You can
use these alternatives quite freely provided you observe one rule -
you should not use the shortcuts for the round numbers 20, 30,
40, .. . 90, which are always said in their full yih-sahp, saam-sahp,
sei-sahp ... gau-sahp form.
13.8 MAKING ADJECTIVES WITH H6U
In the dialogue you met the word h6u-waan good fun, enjoyable.
You may have realized that this was a new word made up of two
that you already knew: h6u good and waan to play. enjoy. amuse
oneself and hence good to enjoy. good to play. If you are brave
enough, you can make up such words for yourself, but here are a
few common ones which you can hardly avoid:
h6u-sihk
h6u-ycim
h6u-tai
h6u-teng
'good to eat'
'good to drink'
'good to look at'
'good to listen to'
delicious
delicious
good looking, attractive
harmonious, melodic
You met h6u-sihk in 4.8, but we did not explain it there.
13.9 AT LEISURE
Dak-haah.n literally means attaining leisure and so not busy. In
Unit 10 you learned the word mohng busy. Cantonese usually
seem to like to take shortcuts with their language, but many people
prefer to say mh dak-haahn and hou mh dak-haahn rather than
mohng and h6u mohng despite the extra syllables involved.
13.10 ANOTHER SHORTCUT: DROPPING YAT
In the dialogue Mr Lee delightedly invites Mr Chan to da
cheuhng mah-jeuk Ia! (have a round of mahjong). You might
have expected the Cantonese to read da yat cheuhng mah-jeuk
Ia! and, of course, that would be grammatically correct, but
quite often yat is missed out when it comes between a verb and
a classifier with its noun:
sihk chaan faahn have a meal
maaih ga che buy a car
Unit 13 :Jl!:ll T l w h g ~ Speculation I 59
Insight
Mahjong and fantan
160
Fantan is a Chinese gambling game which consists of
guessing how many stones will be left when a random pile
is diminished by taking away four stones at a time -that is,
the gamblers bet on whether there will be one, two, three or
four stones left at the end. There is no skill involved at all,
it is just a pure gamble. Mahjong is played by four players
with heavy plastic or bone tiles which are crashed down
onto a deliberately resonant table to enhance the noise and
excitement. It can be equally well played with paper cards,
but that would be quiet and far less fun! Luck plays its part,
but skilled players have an advantage over unskilled. While
to play fantan is called d6u-Faan-taan, the far more active
process of playing mahjong is called da-Mah-jeuk.
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
In the following sentences interchange mohng and dak-h.aahn
without altering the sense.
a Cbahn Tam gam-maahn h6u mohng.
b Ng6h bah-bll sehng-nthn dou mohng.
c NI.h-goi neih wah bei ng6h teng neih go jai ttng-yaht dak mh
dak-haahn a?
d Keuih Laih-baai-yih h6u mh dak-haahn.
e Ng6h jeui mohng ge sth-hauh haih jtu-j6u.
EXERCISE 2
Insert the correct classifiers in the gaps.
a
____ ]ung-mahn sjlu dou haih Hoh Saang ge.
b Hai g6 ____ uk chthn-bihn yauh ngh ____ jyu-jai.
c Kahm-yaht g6 ____ juk-kauh h6u h6u-tai ah?
d Btn leuhng ____ che haih Chahn Saang maaih ga?
EXERCISE 3
Find the words in A which are the opposites of the words in B.
a gwaai, siu-siu, tauh-jyu, dak-haahn, s)ru, san-fu, stn-saang,
jang-gli, sih-mahn, gw6ng-bo, sth-sth, fei-gei, dihn-wa.
Unit 13 'il!:<t T a u h g ~ Speculation
b mohng, sjlu-fuhk, gaan-jung, yehng, hohk-saang, jing-fu, fung-
fu, gaam-siu.
EXERCISE 4
a Neih gu haih Wohng Saang yehng chin dihng-haih Wohng
Taai yehng chin ne?
b Wohng Sin-saang h6u hoi-sam, haih mh haih a?
c Daih-luhk jek mah haih gei-do houh a?
d Btn jek mah yehng a?
e Neih wah haih Wohng Taai-taai h6u stk d6u-mah dihng-haih
Wohng Sin-saang h6u stk d6u-mah ne?
f Sei houh mah h6u-gwo gau houh mah, ngiiam mh ngiiam a?
g Saam houh mdh ne? H6u mh h6u-gwo gau houh a?
h ]eui h6u g6 jek mah haih mh haih luhk houh mah a?
Nt yat cheuhng choi-mah yauh gei-do jek mah a?
j Wohng Sln-saang d6u-mah muih cheuhng dou jung-yi d6u
h6u daaih, yuh-gw6 yehng jauh yehng h6u do, sjJu jauh s)tu
h6u do. Wohng Taai mh haih gam ge, keuih cheuhng-cheuhng
dou d6u h6u sai je. Gam, neih gU, nt cheuhng keuih-deih haih
s)tu do-gwo yehng dihng-haih yehng do-gwo s)tu ne?
t.I.B <=)
Wan-jaahp (yih)
Revision (2)
~
Another six units under your belt. It all gets more interesting now;
you can say so many more things and begin to have some flexibility
in your language. Remember that what you are learning is a living
colourful language spoken by a very dynamic people, not a bookish
sober exercise in style and complex grammar. Try to speak what
you learn so that you can hear the cadences and become familiar
with the zest of it. Cantonese people enjoy life, they talk loudly
and laugh a lot -a Cantonese whisper is almost a contradiction in
terms. Start by reading this first passage through, then read it out
loud several times until it begins to feel part of you. Even better,
learn it off by heart so that you can recite it.
Passage 1
Wohng Sin-saang chat seui ge jai kahm-yaht fclan hohk-haauh
g6-jahn-sih h6u hoi-sam gam wah ng6h ji, keuih bah-ba seuhng-go-
laih-baai maaih-j6 yat gaan san ak. G6 gaan ak yauh daaih yauh
leng, yauh saam gaan seuih-f6ng,* gaan ak chihn-bihnjuhng yauh
go fcl-yun tuhng-maaih yat gaan che-fOhng tim. Keuih wah: 'Yih-ga
ng6h yat-go-yahn yuhng yat gaan seuih-f6ng,jan-haih syu-fuhk lak.
Daahn-haih mah-ma jauh yiu tuhng bah-ba yat-chaih yuhng yat
gcian. Ng6h gu mcih-ma yat-dihng rhh hoi-sam lak. Ng6h rhh ji dim-
gaai bcih-ba rhh bei mcih-ma yuhng daih-sciam gcian seuih-f6ng ne?
G6 gcian seuih-f6ng yih-ga m6uh ycihn yuhng,ji-haih bcih-ba jcii-j6
h6u do syu hai g6-douh je.'
("seulh-fong = bedroom)
Exercise 1
Try to answer these questions now without referring back to the
passage.
a Wohng Sln-saang ge jai gei-do seui a?
b Wohng Saang seuhng-go-slng-keih maaih-j6 mat-yeh a?
c Uk chlhn-bihn yauh dJ mat-yeh a?
d Bin-go yahn yiu tuhng bah-ba yat-cbaih yuhng yat gaan seuih-
f6nga?
e Daih-saam gaan seuih-f6ng leuih-bihn yauh dJ mat-yeh a?
f Y auh m6uh yahn yuhng daih-saam gaan seuih-f6ng a?
Exercise 2
It is time to remind you that you should be paying attention to
your tones: if you don't you will never sound like a Cantonese!
Put the correct tone marks on the following words. You will have
to look up those you have forgotten, but that at least will help to
cement them in your mind.
a hei-mohng b tin-hei c laahng-tin
d da-syun e dihn-ying f wahn-duhng
g gei-yuhk h do-yuh gihn-hong
j noih-yuhng k siu-leuhn pihng-gwan
Exercise 3
Hunt the yaht. All the words here use yaht sun or day. What are
they?
a tomorrow b Sunday
d the whole day e yesterday
g today h every day
c the day before yesterday
f Japan
the day after tomorrow
Unit 1.4 tJg lll! ( .=.) Wan-jaahp (ylh) Revision (2) I 6 5
Exercise 4
The following sentence pairs differ by only one word, but the sense
changes a great deal. Try to put them into English which will bring
out the meanings clearly.
a Daih-yat jek mah jtk-haih gau houh mah.
Daih-yat jek mah mh haih gau houh mah.
b ]ung-saan Siu-je jing-haih Yaht-bun-yahn.
]ung-saan Siu-je jan-haih Yaht-bun-yahn.
c Keuih ting-yaht jauh heui Gw6ng-jau.
Keuih ttng-yaht stn-ji heui Gw6ng-jau.
d Cbahn Taai-taai heui-gwo Meih-gwok sahp-gei chi lak.
Cbahn Taai-taai heui-gwo Meih-gwok gei-sahp chi lak.
Exercise 5
Choose the right element from the brackets to complete the sense
of the sentences.
a Yat go yahn yuhng yat gaan seuih-f6ng h6u (san-fu, yauh-
meng, yauh-yuhng, sjlu-fuhk).
b Che-fohng yuhng laih (jai sjlu ge, j'Ju-faahn ge, wahn-duhng
ge, tthng-che ge).
c Hai g6 gaan gung-st jouh-yeh h6u h6u yan-waih wuih yauh
(h6u do chin, mh stk jyu-sung, h6u siu chin, h6u mah-faahn).
Exercise 6
Make one sentence out of each of the following pairs using the
words in brackets to make the link and making whatever other
slight adjustments are necessary. For instance, the first pair would
give the sentence: Keuih faan iik-kei ji-chlhn, slli-slli dou heui taarn
keum naahm pahng-yauh.
166
a Keuih faan uk-kei. Keuih sth-sth dou heui taam keuih naahm-
pahng-yauh. (jt-chihn)
b Wohng Taai seung maaih g6 ga che. Ga che h6u !eng. (yan-
waih)
c Ng6h mh mthng-baahk. G6 go yahn laahng-ttn seung maaih
laahng-hei-gei. {jouh-mat-yeh?)
d Go dJ ha mh san-s'in. Chahn Taai mh seung maaih. (so-yfh)
e Keuih sihk-gan yeh. Keuih mh gong-wah. (ge s'ih-hauh)
Exercise 7
Here are the answers. What were the questions?
a Maaih go ga che yiu sahp-ftgh-maahn man je.
b Wohng Saang Slng-keih-luhk leih-hOi Yaht-bUn.
c Hai Leih T aai jo-sau-bihn go jek gau-jai haih Uih Sln-saang
sung bei keuih ge.
d Go di yahn jf-haih Hoh Sfu-je haih gaau-sYt4 je.
Passage 2
This little anecdote finishes with a pun, but you may as well get
used to it - Cantonese people love punning. The particular pun
involved is one that all gamblers know about and it is safe to say
that no one other than the naive Mr Ho would have taken the bad
advice which his wife gives him here!
Hoh Sin-saang Maaih-Mah
Yuh-gw6 yat go yciuh-chin yahn seung maaih mah, keuihjauh heui
maaih mah, daahn-haih gam-yeung maaih mah h6u gwai bo! Hai
Heung-g6ng neih sih-sih dou wuih teng-d6u m6uh chin ge yahn dou
wah 'Gam-yaht ng6h seung maaih-mah.' Dim-gaai ne? Neih gu-hclh,
m6uh chin ge yahn wah 'maaih-mah' haih mat-yeh ne? Ngaam lak,
'maaih-mah' jlk-haih 'd6u-mah', s6-yih m6uh chin ge yahn wah
keuih seung heui maaih-mahjlk-haih wah kl!uih seung heui d6u-
mah.
Hoh Sin-saang mh haih h6u yauh-chin. Yauh yat yaht keuih ge h6u
pahng-yciuh Jeung Sin-saang da-dihn-wa laih mahn keuih: 'Gam-
maahn choi-mah. Ng6h seung cheng neih tuhng ng6h yat-chaih
heui mah-cheuhng waan-hah, neih wah h6u mh h6u ne?' Hoh
Saang h6u hoi-sam gam wah: 'H6u! H6u! H6u jyu-yi!'
Unit 1.4 jg M (.=.) Wan-jaahp (ylh) Revision (2) I 6 7
Teng-yuhn dihn-waji-hauh keuih wah bei Hoh Taai teng. Hoh Taai
wah: 'Neih m6uh heui-gwo tai choi-mah, m chi haih neih daih-yat
chije. Mhji-dou neih wuih rhh wuihjung-yi tai ne?' Hoh Saang
wah: Ou! Haih bo! Haih ng6h daih-yat chi heui tai choi-mah bo!
Yuh-gw6 rhh h6u tai, gam ng6h yiu ch6h hai-douh, m6uh yehjouh
bol Dim-syun-h6u-ne?'* Hoh Taai wah: 'Neihjeui h6u maaih bun
syu sin-ji heui mah-cheuhng lak. Neih yuh-gw6 gok-dak tai choi-
mah h6u-waan,jauh h6-yih rhh-sai tai-syu. Yuh-gw6-rhh-
haih-ne, gam neihjauh h6-yih ch6h hai-douh tai-syu Ia. Neih wah
h6u rhh h6u ne?' Hoh Saang h6u gwaai: taai-taai wah mat-yeh,
keuihjauhjouh mat-yeh. Dong-yin keuih g6 maahn heui mah-
cheuhngji-chihn maaih-j6 bun syu sin.
H6u-ch6i Hoh Sin-sclang gok-dak choi-mah dou gei h6u-wclan, rhh-sai
tai-syu. Daahn-haih keuih yat-d1 chin dou m6uh yehng, seung-fclan
juhng syu-j6 h6 do chin tim! Keuih felon ok-kei, h6u nau gam wah bei
taai-taai teng: 'Ng6h daih-yih chi heui d6u-mah rhh wuih teng neih
g6ng lakl Maaih-mah yiu maaih yehng, rhh-h6u maaih syu a-mal'
(*Dim-syun-h6u-ne7 = What's to be done about it? What can I do?)
Exercise 8
That second passage was just to get you used to the idea of puns
and wordplay. When you are sure that you understand how the pun
worked, try this one. This time the only clue you have is 'a hyphen'!
Jeung Sln-saang yauh gau-cheuhng d6u-yU.hn gau faan uk-kei.
Keuih go jai rnahn keuih:
'Bah-ba, neih gam-yaht d6u-gau dim a? Yehng ri1h yehng chin a?'
'Sahp cheuhng gau cheuhng yehng!'
'Wah! Bah-ba, neih jan-haih h6u sik d6u-gau bo! D6u sahp
cheuhng ji-haih stu yat cheuhng.'
'L6uh-saht gong, ng6h yat-di chin dou m6uh yehng. Ng6h d6u
sahp cheuhng dou haih gau-cheuhng yehng bo!'
168
bill
Leuih-yauh
Travelling
In this unit you will learn
useful vocabulary for the traveller
15
how to describe the way in which actions are performed
clocktime
Dialogue 1
Mrs Lee talks of an inclusive hotel deal.
: lltt.!f. !tllm. gj l!II00-11.11Jfnll5 e
I B
! ...
.... ...
X:fiWXifHil,
: $;tc,
...
:
1
Unit 15 btibt Leulh-yiluh Travefllng I 69
MrChan
Mrs Lee
MrChan
Mrs Lee
MrChan
Mrs Lee
MrChan
Leih Taai, neih haahng-dak gam faai, g6n-jyuh
heui bTn-douh a?
Ng6h g6n-jyuh heui maaih leuih-yauh fei je.
Leuih-yc'iuh gong-sTyih-ga geui-baahn yat go
'Ou-mun leuhng yaht yauh' jit-muhk, hai Ou-
mun waan leuhng yaht yat maahn, fai-yuhng
ji-haih yat-chin man ji-mah.
Gam pehng, ng6h rhh seun. NT go leuih-yauh jit-
muhk yauh dT mat-yeh fuhk-mouh tuhng heung-
sauh ne?
Yaht-tau yauh dT mat-yeh fuhk-mouh tuhng
heung-sauh ng6h rhh ji, daahn-haih yeh-maan
hai r'igh-sTng-kap jau-dim jyuh yat maahn jauh
yih-ging h6u dai lak. NT dT jau-dim fohng-gaan
dong-yin mh-siu-dakyauh dihn-sih-gei Ia, syut-
gwaih Ia, seung-yahn-chohng Ia, sai-san-f6ng
Ia; jau-dim juhng yauh nyuhn-seui wihng-chih,
dang-dang. Yauh gon-jehng yauh syu-fuhk, jan-
haih h6u lak.
Leih Taai, neih deui Ou-mun ge jau-dim fuhk-
mouh tuhng chit-beih dou h6u suhk-sTk bot
Dong-yin Ia, ng6h haih Ou-mun yat gaan daaih
jau-dim ge gung-gwaan ging-leih bo. l
yc'iuh jit-muhk dai waan, gam ng6h dou heui
Neih haih noih-h6ng-yahn dou wah nT go leuih- '==.
! .................................. . ? . ~ ~ . ~ . ~ ~ . ~ ~ . ? . ~ ~ : ~ . ? . . ~ ~ : .................................................... ..i
170
hclahng(-louh)
-dak
faai
g6n-jyuh
leuih-yauh
fei
geui-baahn
yauh
jit-muhk
fai-yuhng
to walk
verb ending, in such a way that
quick, quickly, fast
hurrying to
to travel; tourism
a ticket, a fare
to run, hold, conduct
a tour, to tour
programme
cost, fee
Bll$ fuhk-mouh service, to give service
heung-sauh to enjoy; enjoyment,
entertainment, treat
BilJi
yaht-tclu daytime, by day
:etl!t
yeh-maan nighttime, at night
iig h-srng-kap five-star grade, top class
iftli5
jau-dim hotel
11
dai to be worth it, a bargain, a
good buy
fOhng-gaan a room
rilh-siu-dak not less than, must be at least
dihn-sih-gei television set
syut-gwaih refrigerator
seu ng-yahn-chohng double bed
*
chohng bed
sai-san-f6ng bathroom
sai-san to wash the body, to bathe
i1G
sai to wash
Ill
nyuhn warm
1):7111. wihng-chih swimming pool
dang-dang etcetera, etc., and so on
gon-jehng clean
chit-beih facilities, appointments, equipment
suhk-srk familiar with, well acquainted with
*II
gung-gwaan public relations
ging-leih manager
pgqf A,
noih-h6ng-yahn or insider, expert
tfpgA hohng-noih-yahn
lo final particle: agreement with
previous speaker; strong emotion
Answer the questions
a ]au-dim fohng-gaan leuih-bihn yauh m6uh taahng-hei-gei a?
Miht-{6-tung ne?
b Mat-yeh haih 'ngh-stng-kap' jau-dim a?
c Ngh-stng-kap jau-dim leuih-bihn yauh m6uh cban-s6 a?
Wahn-duhng-f6ng ne?
Unit 15 Leulh-yiluh Travefllng I 7 I
Notes
15.1 TO WALK
Haahng means to walk but it is a lonely verb and the normal
object supplied for it is louh road, so haahng-louh also means to
walk. Louh is used for any grade of road or path, while mah.-louh
literally means horse road and generally is used for a main road,
often with daaih big in front. You might note two other common
uses of haahng:
haahng-saan 'walk hills'
haahng-gaai 'walk street'
to go for a country walk
to go out into the streets
15.2 MAKING ADVERBS WITH THE VERB ENDING -OAK
Adding -dak to a verb enables you to describe in what way that
verb is performed, that is it gives you a way of forming adverbs.
It might be helpful to think of -dak as meaning something like in
such a way that, to the extent that:
Keuih haahng-dak faai.
Neih g6ng-dak ngaam.
Wohng stu-je jeuk-dak leng.
He walks quickly. (He walks in such
a way that it is quick.)
You spoke correctly.
Miss Wong is dressed beautifully.
Each of these three examples converts a simple adjective into an
adverb, but what comes after -dak does not have to be so simple.
In fact this is a very flexible pattern, as the following show:
Keuih haahng-dak h6u faai.
Keuih haahng-dak
rilh-haih-gei-faai.
Keuih haahng-dak taai faai Ia.
Keuih haahng-dak faai-gwo ng6h.
He walks very quickly.
He walks not very quickly.
He walks too quickly.
He walks faster than I do.
Remember that -dak must be added direct to a verb, nothing can
come between them. If the verb has an object that you want to
put in, you should give the verb and its object first and then give
the verb again so that -dak can be added to it. Compare these two
sentences:
Keuih g6ng-dak h6u faai.
Keuih g6ng lung-mahn
g6ng-dak h6u faai.
Insight
He speaks very fast.
He speaks Chinese very fast.
A bargain may not be cheap
You now know two similar words, pehng cheap and dai a
bargain, but be careful not to confuse them. A Rolls Royce
bought at a bargain price might still be several years' salary
for most of us, so it would not really be appropriate to say
that it was cheap and Cantonese would be unlikely to use
pehng to describe it either. If you are treated to a meal in
a restaurant by a friend and you see the bill and think it
small, it would give offence to say it was h6u pehng -that
would sound as though your friend should have spent more
money on you. You could happily comment h6u dai, though,
because that sounds as if it was a very good meal and your
friend was clever to choose it and not to get cheated into
paying over the top. Interestingly, your friend could say h6u
pehngje, because it is quite good manners to belittle one's
own efforts as a host.
15.3 QUESTIONS EXPECTING A PLURAL ANSWER
In the dialogue Mr Chan says n1 go leu.ih-yauh jit-muhk yauh di
mat-yeh fuhk-mouh tUhng heu.ng-sauh ne? (what services and
entertainments does this tour programme offer?). Note how the use
of the plural classifier di presupposes that the answer is going to list
Unit 15 t ~ Leulh-yiluh Travefllng I 7 3
more than one item. You can do this whenever you ask a question
if you are expecting a plural answer and, of course, you can
show that you expect a singular answer by using the appropriate
classifier for whatever you are talking about:
Neih seung m6.aih mat-yeh syu a?
Neih seung m6.aih bun
mat-yeh syu a?
Neih seung m6.aih dT
mat-yeh syu a?
15.4 DOUBLE AND SINGLE
What kind of book/books do
you want to buy?
What kind of book do you want
to buy?
What kind of books do you
want to buy?
In seung-yahn-chohng double (person) bed, seung means double
and it can also mean a pair of. The opposite word single is daan
and a single bed is daan-yahn-chohng.
174
Insight
Gon-jehng literally means dry and pure, but it is the standard
term for clean. Dirty is either wu-jou or laaht-taat, and quite
often both are used together for extra stress - wu-jou laaht-
taat filthy.
Dialogue 2
A tourist checks in at the airport.
r .. :2
i
1:
!
i
I
.
! " re
ai'!"VJ':il.ra:r.-ll'f'l'f!J,
1:.
0
:
1:
I Yiluh-haak
I
I Fuhk-mouh-yuhn
! Yiluh-haak
I
sru-je, ng6h yiu daap yat-flgh-lihng houh
baan-gei heui Leuhn-deun. Cheng-mahn
ng6h hoi nT-douh bou-dou, ngaam rhh
ngaama?
Yat-flgh-lihng houh baan-gei hoi hah-jau
sei-dfm-bun-jang hei-fei heui Leuhn-deun.
Neih hoi nT-douh bou-dou jauh ngaam
lak. Cheng neih gaau neih ge wuh-jiu,
chim-jing tuhng fei-gei-piu bei ng6h Ia.
NT leuhng gihn haih ng6h ge hahng-leih,
cheng neih bong ng6h gwo-b6ng Ia.
N'
c
v
Unit 15 btibt Leulh-yiluh Travefllng I 7 5
I
Fu hk-mou h-yuhn
Yc'iuh-haak
Fu hk-mou h-yuhn
Yc'iuh-haak
Fu hk-mou h-yuhn
Yc'iuh-haak
Fu hk-mou h-yuhn
Yc'iuh-haak
yc'iuh-haak
)j)f.tJ baan-gei
mJu
bou-dou
Sin-saang, neih ge hahng-leih gwo-
chOhng bol Juhng yauh m6uh keih-ta
hahng-leih a?
Juhng yauh leuhng gihn sau-taih
hahng-leih dou haih h6u heng ge. Ng6h
ge hahng-leih gwo-chuhng-j6 gei-do
bohng a?
Mh syun h6u do,jf-haih leuhng bohngje.
Deui-mh-jyuh, cheng neih tung-yuhng
yat-hah Ia. dak rna?
Mahn-taih mh daaih, daahn-haih hah chi
neih jauh yiu do-di jyu-yi hahng-leih ge
chOhng-leuhng Ia. H6u lak. neih 16-faan
neih ge wuh-jiu tuhng gei-piu Ia.
Mh-goi neih wah ng6h ji leuih-yauh b6u-
hfm ge gwaih-t6i hai bm-douh a? Mfhn-
seui yeuhng-jau yauh hai bTn-douh maaih
ne?
G6 leuhng go gwaih-t6i dou hai sei houh
jaahp-hau fuh-gahn, neih mh wuih wan-
mh-d6u ge.
Mh-goi-saai.
tourist
scheduled flight
check in, register, report for duty
J11Ujjj!! fuhk-mouh-yuhn waiter, attendant, clerk, steward,
one who serves
-r:a
hah-jau afternoon, p.m.
sei-dim-bun-jOng half past four o'clock
hei-tei to take off (of aircraft)
gc'iau to hand over
tl.ll
wuh-jiu passport
chim-jing visa
(tei-)gei-pi u air ticket
tr'$ hahng-leih luggage
i!!.UJ
gwo-b6ng to weigh
gwo-chuhng overweight
@
heng light (in weight)
:ill!!!
tung-yllhng stretch a point, get round the rules,
make an accommodation
-Iff yat-hah a little bit, one time
mahn-tclih problem, question
$If] do-ctr a little more
jyu-yi pay attention to
chuhng-leuhng weight
!I
16 to collect, to take
b6u-hfm insurance
gwaih-t6i counter
mfhn-seui tax free, duty-free
i:7ft
yeuhng-jau liquor, (non-Chinese) alcoholic drinks
MD jaahp-hclu gate, gateway
...... -saai verb ending, completely
Notes
15.5 SEUHNG AND HAH AGAIN
In Unit 10 you met seuhng-go-hiih-baai last week and hah-go-hiih-
baai next week. In the dialogue there are two more cases where
hah appears. Hah-jau means afternoon, p.m., and you will not be
surprised to learn that a.m. is seuhng-jau. Hah chi or hah yat chi
means next time, on the next occasion and as expected seuhng chi
or seuhng yat chi means last time, on the previous occasion.
Gill
i
w
a
Unit 15 Leulh-yiluh Travefllng I 77
15.6 CLOCK TIME
Telling the hours by the clock is very simple; they are called dim
dots (you met that in Unit 13) and, of course, there are 12 of them
on the clock (jiing). One o'clock is one dot of the clock, that is
yat-dim-jiing, two o'clock is leuhng-dlm-jiing and so on up to
12 o'clock sahp-yih-dlm-jiing. What time is it? is How many dots
of the clock? Gei-do dim jiing a?
Half past uses the word bun half, which you met in Unit 4 So half
past one is yat-dim-bun(-jiing), half past two is leuhng-dlm-bun
(-jiing) and half past 12 is sahp-yih-dlm-bun(-jiing). The brackets
around jfulg are to show that people do not usually bother to say it
unless for some reason they want to speak particularly clearly.
You met the word for minutes (fan) in Unit ro and you can give
precise times to the minute as follows:
1.01 ydt-dim-lihng-yat-fan-jOng (for 1ihng see Unit r r)
1.09 ydt-dim-lihng-gau-fan-jang
1.10 ydt-dim-sahp-fan-jOng
1.59 ydt-dim-l'igh-sahp-gau-fan-jang
In practice, rather than bothering to give such precise times, people
normally deal in five minute periods only, just as you might say
Oh, it's 20 past 2 even if your watch showed that it was 2.19 or
2.22. The five-minute periods are called characters (jih) after the
figures which appear on clock faces:
1.05 is ydt-dim-ydt-go-jih
1.25 is ydt-dim-ligh-go-jih
1.10 is yat-dim-h!uhng-go-jih
1.50 is yat-dim-sahp-go-jih
Some people like to use the word gwat (from the English word
quarter) in the following way:
178
yat-dim-yat-go-gwat
yat-dim-saam-go-gwat
quarter past one
quarter to two
But if you prefer, you can always say:
yat-di m-saam-go-ji h
yat-dim-gau-go-jih
quarter past one
quarter to two
Finally, remember that Cantonese likes to put the large before the
small and that applies to time as w e l ~ so: 4.35 p.m. on Tuesday is
Sing-keih-yih hah-jau sei-dim-chat-go-jih .
.....................................................................................................
Insight
12 or 24?
The traditional Chinese day was divided into 12 two-hour
periods, starting at 11 p.m., each period being given a name
in exactly the same way as the 12 years of the solar cycle
(which also has 12 animal names associated with it). So there
was little difficulty in adjusting to the Western clock, and
both 12-hour and 24-hour clock times are now used, just as
elsewhere in the world (and starting from midnight).
15.7 FEI AND PIU TICKETS
The formal word for ticket is piu, but generally Cantonese people
prefer to use the colloquial word fei. (Fei is probably a corruption
of the English word fare.) In the case of the word for air ticket
most people now simply say gei-piu or if there could be any doubt
what that means they would use its fuller form fei-gei-piu. Fei-gei-
fei sounds rather odd and is not common.
Unit 15 t ~ Leulh-yiluh Travefllng I 7 9
15.8 SAU-TAIH PORTABLE
In Unit 8 you met sau-taih rniht-6-tU.ng portable fire extinguisher
and in the dialogue you met sau-taih hahng-leih hand baggage.
Sau-taih can be used freely with many other nouns, but probably
the most common nowadays is the sau-taih dihn-wa, the portable
phone, mobile, cell-phone.
15.9 MAHN-TAIH A PROBLEM
Mahn-taih thh daaih means the problem is not a big one, no great
problem. You will frequently hear people respond to a request by
saying mOuh mahn-taih, a phrase echoed almost precisely in the
English no problem/
15.10 VERB ENDING -SAAI COMPLETELY
The verb ending -saai is a very useful one. In the dialogue it has
attached itself to rl:th-gOi thank you. Mh-goi-saai really means
thank you totally, but has been devalued so that many people say
it rather than just thh-gOi, much as many English speakers say
thank you very much rather than just thank you without meaning
to show any great degree of gratitude. In the same way do-jeh-
saai is very common. Otherwise, -saai means what it says, as the
following illustrate:
or yahn dou j6.u-saai.
Ng6h m6uh-saai chin.
Keuih ge s6.u haak-saai.
180
All the people left.
I've got no money at all.
His hands were completely black.
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Change the following pairs of sentences into single sentence
questions using dihng-haih ... ne? The first one would become
Neih haih Ylng-gwok-yahn dihng-haih Meih-gwok-yahn ne?
a Neih haih Ying-gwok-yahn. Neih haih Meih-gwok-yahn.
b F6-che faai. Fei-gei faai.
c Keuih Laih-baai-saam !aih. Keuih Laih-baai-sei !aih.
d Hoh S'in-saang seung heui Heung-g6ng. Hoh Sln-saang seung
heui Gw6ng-jau.
e Leih Tam m6uh chin. Chahn T aai m6uh chin.
EXERCISE 2
Give the opposites of the following words.
a yeh-maan
b mh-s{u-dak
c n'Yuhn-seui
d chUhng
EXERCISE 3
Make adverbial sentences from the following using -dak and your
translations of the phrases in brackets. The answer to the first one
is Keuih g6ng-dak faai. Careful now!
a Keuih gong. (quickly)
Unit 15 t ~ Leulh-)'Ouh Travefllng
b Wohng Saang mtlaih ha. (very cheaply)
c Neih haahng-louh. (faster than Miss Cheung)
d Neih yam yeuhng-jau. (more than I do)
e Leih Stn-saang ja-che. (not very well)
EXERCISE4
What are the correct classifiers for the following? Some of them
you have not been specifically told, but by now you should be able
to make a guess with a very good chance of being right.
a daan-yahn-chOhng
d wahn-duhng-f6ng
g jau-dim
EXERCISE 5
b gau-jai
e mah-louh
h {ei-gei-piu
c dihn-sih-gei
f {ei-gei
i bahng-leih
These questions are quite difficult. Answer them in Cantonese.
a Yat gan tuhng yat bohng btn yeuhng chUhng a?
b Hai tng-gwok mtlaih gihn-hong b6u-hfm gwai mh gwai a?
c Hai {ei-gei-cheuhng leuih-bihn tuhng-maaih bai btn-douh yauh
mfhn-seui yeuhng-jau maaih a?
d Daap {ei-gei ge sth-hauh, sau-tllih bahng-leih yiu mh yiu gwo-
b6nga?
e Hai Leuhn-deun yauh gei-do go fei-gei-cheuhng a?
EXERCISE 6
Here are some clock times. How do you say them in Cantonese?
See if you can come up with three different ways of saying the last
one!
a c
d
EXERCISE 7
A question of time. Can you give the answer (in Cantonese) to this
puzzle?
Gim-yaht haih Sing-keih-yih.
Ng6h saam yaht ji-chihn heui-j6 mah-cheuhng.
Ng6h hai mah-cheuhng waan-j6 saam go bun jiing-tauh.
Ng6h luhk-dfm-jiing leih-hoi-j6 mah-cheuhng.
Gam, ng6h seung mahn neih: Ng6h Laih-baai-gei gei-do-dfm-jiing
dou-j6 mah-cheuhng ne?
Unit 15 btJQ!: Leuihyiauh Travelling I 8 3
16
--
Ga-sai
Driving
In this unit you will learn
how to make negative comparisons
how to say no firmly
the different meanings of or
Dialogue 1
Mr Lee has just come back from his driving test.
cr. :
; I fff-Pf:tMC.,,
1- ! R11.
N-:
e
ffi1JitiJ!fiiJII
A
Mrs Lee
MrLee
Mrs Lee
MrLee
Mrs Lee
MrLee
~
~
pj(;.
''
~
Vjm
181$1:
~ ~
~
M.JJt[
it
~
~
f.$ilJj
t!
Jllllt!
JllP
~ 0 0
Neih gam hoi-sam, ng6h gu neih gam-jiu-j6u
chaam-ga ge hei-che ga-sai haau-si sihng-jTk yat-
dihng h6u h6u lak.
Ng6h dou gu ng6h ge sihng-Jlk gei h6u.
Haau-sf-gwun haau-j6 neih dr mat -yeh a?
Keuih haau-j6 ng6h h6u do yeh, pei-yuh paak-
wai Ia, che-16u hoi-che Ia, maahn sai Ia, tihng-che
Ia, jaak-louh diuh-tauh Ia, sau-jai tuhng geuk-jai
yuhng-dak h6u mh h6u Ia, deui louh-mfn ge chihng-
fong faan-ying gau mh gau faai Ia, dang-dang.
Git-gw6 haih dfm-yeung, neih ji mh ji a?
Keuih m6uh g6ng-yeh bot Ng6h ja-che faan Ga-sai
Haau-si-guhk ge se-jih-lauh g6-jahn-sih, keuih h6-
nahng gok-dak h6u syu-fuhk, fan-j6 hai che leuih-
bihn juhng-meih seng, yiu ng6h tuhng keuih ge
tuhng-sih leuhng go yahn yat-chaih toih keuih lohk
che.
ga-sai to drive, driving
hclau-si examination, test; to sit an
examination
sihng-jrk result, score, report
gwun an official, an officer
haau to examine, to test
pei-yuh for example, for instance
paak-w6.i to parka car
che-16u steep road
che steep
hoi-che to start a car; to drive a car
maahn slow, slowly
sai to drive
jaak narrow
diuh-tauh to tum to face the other way
sau-jai hand brake
geuk-jai foot brake
geuk foot, leg
louh-min road surface
Unit 16 ~ Ga-d Driving 185
1*
&.*
~
Mf*
flU
j ] i j ~
i!WJ[, i!WJ[jf
:m:*
M
[RJ.
1ft
Haau-si
chihng-fong
fclan-ying
gau
git-gw6
guhk
h6-nahng
fan or fan-gaau
juhng-meih
slmg
tuhng-sih
toih
situation, circumstances
reaction, response; to respond, react
enough
the end result
a bureau, department, office
it is possible that, possibly; possibility
to sleep; to lie down; to go to bed
still not yet
to wake up, recover consciousness
colleague
to carry, to lift
Ng6h-deih seung mahn neih: neih gu g6 go haau-si-gwim jan-haih
fan-j6 gaau dihng-haih yan-waih Leih Saang ja-che ja-dak .rhh h6u
s6-yfh keuih pa-dou tauh-wahn fan-j6 hai che leuih-bihn ne?
Notes
16.1 REACTIONS TO ..
You first met deui (with regard to, towards) in Unit 9 and further
examples of its use are to be found in Units ro, 12 and 15. In the
dialogue here it teams up with faan-ying to mean reactions to
road conditions: when you have understood that, you will find it
easier to make sense of the long section deui louh-mln. ge chlhng-
fong faan-ying gau rl:th gau faai Ia - whether reactions to road
conditions are fast enough.
16.2 GAU ENOUGH
Gau means enough. It works very consistently because it always
goes in front of the word it refers to, whether that word is a noun
186
or an adjective, but as you will see from the translations of the
examples, English is not so consistent:
Neih gau mh gau chin
maaih fei a?
G6 dlmg m6u gau mh gau
daaih a?
Insight
Carrying things
Do you have enough money
to buy the tickets?
Is that hat big enough?
Cantonese uses a number of different verbs meaning to carry.
To carry slung over the shoulder is one, to carry in the arms
is another, to carry on the back is another, to carry on a pole
over one shoulder is another and so on. Toih is used for to
carry between two people either holding the load or having it
suspended from a shoulder pole between them.
Dialogue 2
A lucky escape?
r ... i .. ii: ... i'i: .... .. ....
. MRm
.
I
Unit 16 Ga-d Driving I 8 7
Mr Chan Deui-rhh-jyuh, sin-saang, ng6h yat-sih rhh sfu-sam
yuhng ga daan-che johng-d6u neih. Neih yauh
m6uh sih a?
Victim Daaih mahn-taihjauh m6uh, daahn-haih ng6hjek
geuk yih-ga h6u tung, yauh-dT seung. Neih tai,
juhng lauh-gan hyut tim.
Mr Chan Neihjan h6u-ch6i lak,jf-haih beih ga daan-che
johng-d6u je.
Victim
sam jo ng- 6u ng6 , ju ng wa ng6 6u-c 6i?l
H_ei-yauhh-chdf-leih, nehih chhi-sin gahh. Nehihhrhh shfu- 1::::
Mr Chan Haih a, sin-saangl Ng6h haih yihng-jan ga, rhh
haih g6ng-siu ga. Chin-keih rhh-h6u ngh-wuih at l
Victim Ng6h dim-yeung ngh-wuih a? Neih g6ng lal 1:::.
Mr Chan Ng6h haih dTk-sf sT-gei, yauh haih dihn-daan-che
choi-che-sau. Gam-yaht hai dTk-sf gung-sT leuhn-
dou ng6h fong-ga, s6-yfh rhh-sai ja dTk-sf, ngaam- i
ngaam ng6h ga dihn-daan-che yauh waaih-j6, 1::
ning-j6 heui sau-leih, s6-yfh ng6h sin-ji yuhng ng6h
go jai ge daan-che ja. Yuh-gw6 haih ng6h ge dTk-sf :
waahk-je dihn-daan-che johng-d6u neih, gam neih 1:.
jauh m6uh gam h6u-ch6i Ia.
: .................................................................................................................................. :
!J"I)
-'-*
if
:ff$
Mt
lfii.
-T:fJT
188
yat-sih
siu-sam
johng
yauh sih
seung
lauh
hyut
hei-yciu h-chi-lei h
chi-sin
yihng-jdn
g6ng-siu
siu
chin-keih
ngh-wuih
momentarily, briefly
careful
bicycle
run into, knock into
to have something wrong with you
a wound; to wound
to flow
blood
that's ridiculous; how could that be?
crazy; mixed up; off the rails
serious, sincere
to joke
to smile, to laugh, to laugh at
whatever you do don't, don't ever
misunderstand, get it wrong
iiUJI!!
di hn-daan-che motorbike
choi -c he-sau racing driver
choi-che motor racing
~ J U
h!uhn-dou the tum of, it has come to the turn of
!.t
waaih to go wrong, break down
!*
ning to bring, to take
.l1[
sau-leih to repair, mend
9JG1lt
waahk-je or, perhaps
Notes
16.3 JEK ONE OF A PAIR
Things that come in pairs are classified with seung or with deui:
yat deu i sau a pair of hands, pair of arms
yat seu ng faai-ji a pair of chopsticks (faai-ji = chopsticks)
One of a pair is usually jek regardless of the shape:
yat jek sau
yCitjek faai-ji
a hand, an arm
a chopstick
An exception is the case of human beings (such as husband and
wife), where as a couple they are seung but where one of the pair is
still referred to as go. Other exceptions are trousers, spectacles and
scissors which the Cantonese do not consider to be pairs at all -
logically enough, since each is a single object- and so do not use
deui or seung for them.
16.4 ACCENTUATING THE NEGATIVE
Chln-ke.ih is a useful word when you want to make a negative
command particularly strong:
Chin-keih ri1h-h6u g6ng-siu Ia!
Chin-keih mh-h6u mh gei-dak Ia!
Whatever you do don't joke!
You really must not forget!
Unit 16 ~ Ga-d Driving I 8 9
16.5 WHEN ELECTRIC IS NOT ELECTRIC
In Unit 9 you met a number of useful words which were made up
using dihn (electricity. electric). Cantonese seems to have got rather
carried away with the idea, though, and has applied dihn to things
which have very little to do with electricity. So when motorbikes
carne along they dubbed them electric bikes dihn-daan-che. Here is
another example:
dihn-yauh
yahp dihn-yauh
petrol, gasoline
to refuel, put petrol in
16.6 BROKEN AND BROKEN DOWN
You met waaih meaning bad in Unit 12. Waaih-jo means
gone bad or broken down and can be applied to fruit, meat,
machinery, watches, radios and so on. But if the object is clearly
physically damaged, then the word to use is laahn-jo which you
met in Unit 5:
Ng6h ge waaih-j6. Something's gone wrong with
my motorbike.
Ng6h ge dihn-daan-che laahn-j6. My motorbike is smashed.
16.7 MORE ON OR
Remember dihng-haih? Now you have also met waahk-je and they
both mean or. The difference is that dihng-haih means or is it the
case that? and always appears in questions, while waahk-je means
or maybe it is, or perhaps and appears in statements:
Keuih gei-si laih a? Haih
gam-yaht dihng-haih
ting-yaht laih ne?
Keuih (waahk-je) gam-yaht
waahk-je ting-yaht laih.
When is she coming? Is it today
or tomorrow that she is coming?
(Which is it? It must be one or the
other)
She's coming today or maybe
tomorrow. (It could be either)
Keuih yiu ga-fe
dihng-haih chah ne?
Does he want coffee or tea?
Keuih waahk-je yiu ga-fe
waahk-je yiu chah.
He may want coffee or he may
want tea. (I'm not sure)
iiiSigiit ................................................................................... .
You are quite right, there is yet a third kind of or that you
have met. Remember luhk-chat go for seven or eight? This
neat little formula only works with numbers, you cannot use
it with other words.
16.8 NEGATIVE COMPARISONS
In the last line of the dialogue Mr Chan says neih jauh mOuh gam
hou-chO:i Ia (you wouldn't be as lucky then) and this gives you the
clue to how to make negative comparisons. The pattern is:
Xm6uhYgam ...
Keuih m6uh ng6h gam gou.
Hei-che m6uh fei-gei gam faai.
Ng6h haahng-dok m6uh
neih gam maahn.
X isn't as as Y
He's not as tall as I am.
Cars aren't as fast as planes.
I don't walk as slowly as you do.
16.9 A RECAP ON COMPARISONS
Now we can set out the full range of comparisons so that you can
bring real subtlety into your speech:
Ng6h h6u gou.
Keuih gou dT.
Keuih gou h6u-do.
Nei h ju hng gou.
Keuih m6uh gam gou.
Keuih gou gwo ng6h.
Keuih gou gwo ng6h sfu-sfu.
or Keuih gou gwo ng6h yat-dT.
I am tall.
He's taller.
He's a lot taller.
You are even taller.
He's not so tall.
He is taller than I am.
He is a bit taller than I am.
Unit 16 ~ Ga-d Driving I 9 I
Keuih gou gwo ng6h h6u-do. He is a lot taller than I am.
Keuih m6uh ng6h gam gou. He is not as tall as I am.
And, of course, there is also the equivalent and the superlative:
Keuih tuhng ng6h yat-
yeuhng gam gou.
Keuih m6uh ng6h yat-
yeuhng gam gou.
Keuihjeui gou lak.
He is just as tall as I am.
He is not just as tall as I am.
He is tallest.
insi9 ht
Laughing and smiling
The word siu is heavily used in Cantonese, and Chinese
culture in general stresses the need to smile. You will notice
that Chinese people smile a great deal and sometimes in
circumstances where westerners would think it inappropriate,
in the face of tragedy or o r r o ~ for example. Chinese novels
are full of I smiled, she smiled coldly, he smiled sadly and so
on, where English novels use another set of words such as
he said, she exclaimed, they expostulated, I sighed. One of the
reasons why Chinese faces are said to be inscrutable may well
be because westerners do not know how to read the various
subtleties of smiling. Chinese people often find western
faces disconcerting too- Why doesn't he smile? Have I said
something wrong?
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Here are five English sentences. Which of the two possibilities given
you is the correct translation?
a I think he is also Japanese.
Ng6h gu keuih dou haih Yaht-bun-yahn.
ii Ng6h dou gu keuih haih Yaht-bun-yahn.
b I give him ten dollars.
Ng6h bei sahp mr.m gwo keuih.
ii Ng6h bei keuih sahp man.
c Mrs Lee is going to Japan by air.
Leih Taai-taai daap {ei-gei heui Yaht-bUn.
ii Leih T aai-taai heui Yaht-bun daap {ei-gei.
d Mr Wong and I are going to dine at City Hall.
Ng6h tuhng Wohng Sln-saang heui Daaih-wuih-tohng sihk-
faahn.
ii Wohng Stn-saang tuhng ng6h heui Daaih-wuih-tohng sihk-
faahn.
e Which lady is ill?
Btn-go taai-taai yauh behng a?
ii Btn-go ge taai-taai yauh behng a?
Unit 16 ~ Ga-d Driving
EXERCISE 2
Now write out the translation of the above sentences which you
think are incorrect.
EXERCISE 3
Q
d
N
m
A HI
w E
I
5
A really tough one. Can you say who is sitting in each of the six seats?
Gam-maahn LU.hng Saang, LU.hng Taai cheng Leih Saang, Leih Taai
tuhng-maaih Chahn Saang, Chahn Taai sihk-faahn. Leih Saang ch6h
hai bak-bihn; Chahn Saang hai Luhng Taai yauh-bihn; Chahn Taai
hai Luhng Saang deui-mihn; Leih Taai hai Lllhng Saang j6-sau-bihn.
EXERCISE 4
Can you match each of the six verbs a-f with a suitable noun from
the list i-xii?
ada bd6u c chao
d teng e chong ftai
i jeung-ban ii tin-hei iii gw6ng-bo
ivpe-paai v dihn-ying vimah-jeuk
vii h6i-taan viii noih-yuhng ix huhng-dang
x sou-hohk xi yauh-haak xii jit-muhk
194
EXERCISE 5
Use Cantonese to describe Mr Wong's height in comparison with
each of the other five people. How would you describe Mr Lee in
comparison with Mrs Wong? How would you describe Mr Lee
without reference to anyone else?
EXERCISE 6
Here are definitions of four words which you have learned in this
unit. Can you work out what they are?
a ]ik-haih yat go yahn gong ge yeh, jouh ge yeh, seung ge yeh
yat-di dou mh ngaam.
b ]ik-haih neih gong n'i yeuhng yeh, keuih mh mihng-baahk,
yih-waih neih gong go yeuhng yeh.
c ]ik-haih dt yeh laahn-jo, waaih-jo ji-hauh, joi yat chi jing-faan
hou.
d ]ik-haih 'sib-sib' ge seung-faan.
Unit 16 ~ Ga-scii Driving
17
t c f l l ~
Gei-leuht bouh-deui
The uniformed services
In this unit you will learn
how to manage complicated descriptive phrases
about active or passive verbs
about proximity and distance
Dialogue 1
Problems with a photograph on an immigration application.
'J\(!H, # I.
-flltire? 1
11 ...... 11 ...... -{fi ...... ..... 0
I
Official Sfu-je, neih nT jeung yuhng h'iih san-chfng yih-
mahn ge seung-pfn mh hahp-kwai-gaak bot
Applicant Dfm-yeung mh hahp-kwai-gaak a? Neih tai nT
jeung seung-pfn yfng-dak gei h6u. Ng6h yuhng
sou-mah seung-gei yfng ga.
Official Yih-mahn-guhk kwai-dihng san-chfng yahn ge
seung-pfn mh jeun jeuk gwan-fuhk.
Applicant H6u-ch6i ng6h mh haih gwan-yahn, ng6h yfh-
ging leih-hoi-j6 gwan-deui leuhng nihn lak.
Official Gam, neih yih-ga jouh-gan mat-yeh a?
Applicant Ng6h yih-ga haih neuih-gfng, bat-gwo hah-go- :!
1111
yuht-meih ng6h wuih ga-yahp Siu-fohng-guhk
jouh neuih-siu-fohng-yuhn ... Baiht Gfng-chaat
tuhng siu-fohng-yuhn dou yiu jeuk jai-fuhk ge bot
Ng6h dfm-syun-h6u-ne?
Official Sfu-je, Yih-mahn-guhk kwai-dihng san-chfng yih-
mahn ge yahn mh jeun jeuk yahm-hoh jai-fuhk :
yfng-seung. Neih h6-yfh mh jeuk ga. 1::
Applicant Mat-yeh wa?t Neih giu ng6h mh jeuk saam 16-tai
Official ... Neih ... neih mh-h6u ngh- 1:
wuih. Ng6h ge yi-si haih giu neih mh jeuk jai-fu hk,
............................... ................................................................ ..i
Unit 17 bouh-dool The uniformed services I 9 7
scin-ching to apply
yih-mcihn to migrate; immigration, emigration
lE!Jt seung-pin a photograph
hahp-kwcii-gaak to qualify, meet requirements
ying(-seung) to take a photograph, have a
photograph taken
sou-mah digital
lE!tl
seung-gei camera
kwcii-dihng to regulate, lay down a rule
jeun to allow, permit
!tiBil
gwcin-fuhk military uniform
!tiA
gwcin-ycihn soldier, military personnel
gwcin-deui army
Y:.
neuih female
*
neuih-ging policewoman
:if')!! bat-gwo but, however
yuht moon, month
meih tail, end
;/][1)\.
gci-yahp to join, recruit into
ffl!WfiU
siu-fohng-guhk fire brigade
siu-fohng-yuhn fireman
baihl oh dear! oh, heck! alas!
jai-fuhk uniform
1fiiJ
yahm-hoh any
:Wft
16-tai naked, nude
yi-si meaning, intention
n4 giu tell someone to, order someone to
i!Bil
bihn-fuhk plain clothes
Notes
17.1 ADJECTIVES
In Unit 4 you first met ge used to link descriptive phrases or clauses
to a noun (h6u gwai ge ga-fe -very expensive coffee; truiaih-gan.
bat ge yabn- the person who is buying a pen). The first line of the
dialogue in this unit has a more complicated version of that ge pattern
(m jeung yuhng Iaih san-dUng yih-malm ge seung-pin). At first sight
this is rather frightening, but keep you can quite easily break it
down to see how it works. The basic unit is n1 jeung seung-pin- this
photograph (remember jeung is the classifier for sheet-like things).
Splitting n1 jeung and the noun seung-pin is the adjective yubng laih
san-chlng yih-malm used for applying for immigration and ge does
the same job that it was doing when you met it in Unit 4, that is, it is
linking the complex adjective to the noun. So the whole thing means
this photograph which is being used for applying for immigration.
In fact, although it looks complicated, when you break it down it
is really only the same basic pattern as n1 go Meih-gwok-yahn-
specifier-classifier-adjective-noun. Here are some more examples:
g6 ga Wohng Saang seung
maaih ge Yaht-bun che
nT cheut naahm-ycin h6u
jung-yi tai ge dihn-ying
that Japanese car which Mr Wong
wants to buy
this movie that men love watching
17.2 POSSESSIVES WITH ADJECTIVES
Look again at the same speech by the immigration official and
you will see that neih you is positioned in front of that complex
adjectival pattern and it all means this photograph of yours which
is being used for applying for immigration. This is the regular
position for the possessive in such cases and the normal possessive
indicator (ge) is not necessary:
neih g6 ga Wohng Saang
seung maaih ge
Yaht-bun che
that Japanese car of yours which
Mr Wong wants to buy
17.3 JEUN: A TWO-WAY VERB
Jeun can mean either to allow or to be allowed, so it can work two
ways, both actively and passively:
Keuih mhjeun ycim-jau.
Keuih mhjeun (ng6h) ycim-jau.
He's not allowed to drink alcohol.
He doesn't let me drink alcohol.
Unit 17 bouh-dool The uniformed services I 9 9
As you become more familiar with Cantonese you will find other
two-way verbs like jetm; and already in this unit you will find ying-
seung, which can mean to photograph or to be photographed.
17.4 VIVE LA DIFFERENCE/
You met naahm male in Unit 9 and now you have met his mate
neuih female. As you can see from the dialogue, neuih can be
attached fairly freely to nouns - neuih-gfng policewoman, neuih-
siu-fohng-yU.bn firewoman. In these cases the nouns are assumed
to be males, so that you would only meet the terms naahm-gfng
and naahm-siu-fohng-yU.bn if someone were specifically making
a contrast between the two sexes. In other cases there is no
assumption that a noun is male - yabn person, for example, is
completely non-cornrnital and so you will meet naahm-yan man
just as often as you will meet neuih-yan woman (note the tone
changes from yabn to yan). Here are some more:
nciah m-pci hng-yau h/
neu ih-pcihng-yauh
nciahm-chi(-s6)/ neuih-chi(-s6)
nciahm-hohk-saang/
neu ih-hohk-sdang
boyfriend/girlfriend
gentlemen' s!ladies' toilet
boy/girl pupils
While on the subject, you might note that neuih changes its tone
when it is used as new daughter, the pair to jai son.
Insight
Neuih-pcihng-yauh and nciahm-pcihng-yauh
200
These phrases are applied generally to a couple who are
dating, and friends who are of the opposite sex but not
dating often refer to each other as neuih-sing pcihng-yauh
and nciahm-sing pcihng-yauh- rather laborious terms which
might equally laboriously be translated as a friend who is of
the female sex and a friend who is of the male sex.
17.5 YUHT MONTH
Yuht means the moon and by extension has also come to mean
a month. The classifier for it is go, so one month is yat go yuht,
two months is leubng go yuht and so on. As with laih-baai and
sln.g-keih, last, this and next are seuhng, ni and hah, so last month
is seuhng-go-yuht, this month is ni go yuht and next month is hah-
go-yuht.
The months of the year do not have fancy names as in English,
they are just numbered without classifiers. The two sets that follow
should make the system clear to you:
Yat-yuht January yat go yuht one month
Yih-yuht February leuhng go yuht two months
Sciam-yuht March sciam go yuht three months
ChCit-yuht July chat goyuht seven months
Sah p-yi h-yu ht December sahp-yih go yuht twelve months
Insight
China traditionally used both a solar and a lunar calendar,
and the latter is still important for determining the dates of
some festivals as well as being the one by which most people
reckon their birthdays. The word for month (yuht) is the
same in both, and the months are numbered in the same way,
so February and the Second Lunar Month are both Yih-yuht.
However, there are two exceptions:
1 The first solar month (January) is Yclt-yuht, but the first
lunar month is known as ling yuht.
2 Seven lunar years in 19 have an extra month, called a
yeuhn-yuht intercalary month. It may be added in almost
anywhere during the year, so in 2009 there was a Yeuhn
Fifth Month (Yeuhn-flgh-yuht) that followed the Fifth
Month, making a 13-month year of 384 days.
Unit 17 bouh-dool The uniformed services 20 I
17.6 TO TELL
To tell has different meanings in English and different words are
used for them in Cantonese. When to tell means to inform, to tell a
fact, you have learned that it is translated by wah!gOn.g ... ji/teng
(see Unit 13). When to tell means to tell someone to do
to order someone to do something, then giu is used:
Sin-saang giu hohk-saang
t6.i Ying-mahn syu.
Ng6h giu keuih mh-h6u laih.
The teacher told the children to
read their English books.
I told him not to come.
Sometimes English uses to tell when it would be more fitting to use
ask or invite (cheng in Cantonese). Note the following sentence
carefully:
Bah-ba giu keuih go j6.i cheng
Wohng YT-sang yahp-laih.
The father told his son
to tell Dr Wong to come in.
A child is unlikely to feel able to order a doctor around, although
the father feels quite happy with ordering his own son around, so
in this example told and tell become giu and cheng respectively.
Dialogue 2
Plain-clothes police have a tough time with some suspects.
N .............................................................................................................................. ..
N
N
8 itt!!ii:il. o
A.
202
.ft !i1$.1 I
Jt a Ji3':tllft!lffi fff-llft!l-fJ
ltJtlltt. JJI, f-)E I 3':tllit!lftbJ<.Piil
Sergeant Wai, neih-deih gei go, rhh-h6u yak al Faai-dT mau-
dai, ning neih-deih ge san-fan-jing cheut-laih.
Youth Neih-deih haih mat-yeh yahn a? Neih-deih m6uh
kYuhn tai ng6h-deih ge san-fan-jing bol
Sergeant Ng6h haih Wohng Sa-jfn, nrwai haih ng6h seuhng-
sr Chahn Bong-baan. Ng6h-deih waaih-yih neih-
deih fclahn-duhk. Neih-deih keih-maaih louh-brn. bei
ng6h sau-san.
Youth Neih-deih dou m6uh jeuk jai-fuhk, yauh rhh haih
ch6h gfng-chaat cheuhn-loh-che. Neih-deih wah
haih gfng-chaat, yiu laai-yahn, yiu sau-san, bTn-go
seun neih a?
Sergeant Ng6h-deih m6uh jeuk gfng-chaat jai-fuhk, haih
yan-waih fong-bihn ng6h-deih jouh-yeh. Ng6h-deih
leuhng go dou haih bihn-yi gfng-chaat. Neih-deih
dang-daaih-deui-ngaahn tai-hah ng6h-deih ge
gfng-yuhn-jing lal
Youth Neih-deih "hn sau-cheung dou m6uh, gfng-yuhn-
jing dou h6-nahng haih ga ge, yiu ng6h-deih seun
neih-deih haih gfng-chaat jauh naahn Ia. Wai, sau-
jOkl Ng6h-deih saan-seui lot
Sergeant Maih jau at Neih baan sei-jai, dang ng6h laai-saai
neih-deih seuhng gfng-chaat-guhk sinl
Unit 17 flr.tlli!Mt bouh-dool The uniformed services 20 3
I@ I wail hoy! hey!
1m
yak to move, make a movement
san-f6.n-jing identity card
N
jing a certificate, a pass
lli
cheut out
*I
kyuhn right, authority, powers
t.PM
sa-jtn sergeant
-ffi:
wai polite classifier for people
seuhng-sr superior officer, direct boss
bong-baan inspector
waaih-yih to suspect
Jlbt. f6.ahn-duhk to peddle drugs
::i1
keih to stand
...... :ij! -maaih verb ending, close up to
louh-bTn the roadside
sau-san to conduct a body search
cheuhn-loh-che patrol car
1'.lZ
laai to arrest; to pull
jjif
fOng-bihn convenient
if*
bihn-yi plain clothes, civilian clothes
lll::kt!Di
dang-daaih-deui take a good look
ngaahn
m
dang to stare, open the eyes
Di ngaahn eye
gtng-yuhn-jing warrant card
-3 ...... ...... lihn ... dou ... even
sau-cheung handgun, pistol
1N
ga false
Jl
naahn difficult, hard
.-lE
sau-jak brothers (secret society slang)
fa;Tj( saan-seui to scatter away
lj}f
baan classifier for a group of, gang of
sei-jai deadbeats, bastards, rats (strong
abuse)
204
You are a Hong Kong immigration official
A foreign national in army uniform, wearing a handgun, comes up
to your desk. Ask him for his passport and visa, ask him when he
will be leaving Hong Kong and tell him that he is not allowed to
bring a handgun into the territory and will he please hand it to that
police sergeant at Counter No. 41.
Notes
17.7 HURRY UP!
Faai-di means quicker, faster, as you will remember from your
work on comparatives in Unit 16, but it has become the most
common way of saying get a move on!, hurry up! Harassed
mothers say it to their children constantly.
17.8 WAI: THE POLITE CLASSIFIER
The normal classifier for people is of course go, but if you wish
to be polite to someone or about someone, you should use wai
instead. So you might say n1 go yahn (this person), but you would
almost certainly say n1 wai sln-saang this gentleman and go wai
siu-je that young lady. In the dialogue the sergeant uses wai
when he refers to his superior officer, Inspector Chan. If you are
introducing someone, you say Nt: wai haih Wohng Taai-taai, go
wai haih Uih Siu-je ... etc.
17.9 -MAAIH CLOSE UP TO
The verb ending -maaih can be used to indicate movement towards
something or location close up to something. Its opposite, showing
movement away from something, or location away from something
is -hOi. You can use these two words quite freely where you feel
them to be appropriate.
Unit 17 bouh-dool The uniformed services 20 5
Keuih haahng-hoi-j6 He's walked away(= He is not here.
Often said by secretaries over the
telephone when you want to talk to
their boss)
Ch6h-maaih-dT
Ch6h-hoi-dT
Sit a bit closer (Cuddle up to me!)
Sit further away (Stop crowding me!)
17.10 LAAI TO PULL
Uai is the normal verb to pull and it is the character which you see
marked on doors: the opposite is tew push. Uai also means to pull
someone in, to arrest
..... i.ri5f9ht
Push and pull
Doors are often marked ;ft teui push or :flZ laai pull, and it is
probably worth learning these two characters now. On the
other hand, we have noticed that, with a refreshing frailty
shared by the rest of the world, Chinese people nearly always
pull on the one marked push and vice versa, so maybe you
needn't bother. Just do it by trial and error like everyone else.
17.11 LIHN ... DOU ... EVEN
Lihn is a very useful word provided you remember how to position
it. The golden rules are that llhn is placed before the word which
it refers to and that they both must come before dou. You will also
remember from as far back as Unit 1 that dou must itself always
come before a verb, so there is a certain rigidity about this pattern.
A few examples will show you how to use it:
Lihn Wohng Sin-saang dou
mhjung-yi Wohng stu-je.
Ng6h lihn yat man
dou m6uh.
206
Even Mr Wong doesn't like
Miss Wong.
I haven't got even one dollar.
Keuih lihn faahn dou
mh seung sihk.
17.12 SEUHNG TO GO UP
She doesn't fancy even rice.
The real meaning of seub.ng is to go up, to ascend. Seub.ng-saan
means to go up the hill and seub.ng-che is to get (up) onto the
vehicle. In some cases, though, seub.ng is used meaning to go to.
In the dialogue there is an example, seubng gfng-chaat-gubk to go
to the police station. You are advised not to make up your own
phrases using seuhng in the sense of to go to, only use the ones you
meet in this book .
.....................................................................................................
Insight
Secret society slang
One of the biggest influences on contemporary Cantonese
language has been the great popularity of gangster films and
programmes on television and in the cinema. The racy slang
which gives authenticity to the shows passes rapidly into
ordinary people's speech, but equally quickly is discarded
again. At the end of the dialogue we have included just a
couple of terms which seem to be likely to stay around, but
there is little point in your learning any more - by the time
that you are able to use it it may well not be current any
longer!
Unit 17 bouh-dool The uniformed services 207
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Try to describe in Cantonese what Mr Wong is doing in each of
these pictures.
EXERCISE 2
Fill in the blanks to show the occupations of each of the following
people.
a Chahn Sin-saang laai fdahn-duhk ge yahn: keuih haih _.
b Wohng Sfu-je htii jung-hohk gaau-sjJU: keuih haih _.
c Leih Saang sehng-yaht ja dik-sf: keuih haih _.
d Jeung Saang hai jau-!auh nlng yeh bei yahn sihk: keuih haih _.
e Ng6h bah-ba hai chan-so jouh-yeh: keuih haih _.
EXERCISE 3
Into each of the following sentences put one of the randomly listed
inserts i-v, then translate the sentence into English.
a Keuih wah keuih Sing-keih-yat wuih faan-!aih, daahn-haih
keuih Sing-keih-saam _ faan.
b Neih jau-j6 ___, ng6h jauh da dihn-wa bet neih taai-taai lak.
c Seuhng-go-yuht Wohng Taai _ yat ga che dou maaih-mh-d6u:
keuih ge gtng-leih h6u mh hOi-sam.
d Keuih yaht-yaht _ da-mah-jeuk, s6-yfh mh dak-haahn tuhng
ng6h heui maaih-sung.
e Yauh-seui ge sth-hauh _ mh haih gei fong-bihn.
Inserts: i dou ii llhn iii jeuk saam-kwahn iv sln-ji v jl-hauh
EXERCISE4
Answer the following briefly in Cantonese.
a Yat nlhn yauh gei-do yaht a?
b Chthn-yaht haih Uih-baai-sei: ttng-yaht ne?
c Sei-yuht yauh get-do yaht a?
d Saam go stng-keih do mh do yaht gwo yat go yuht a?
e Yat-chln yaht noih dihng-haih saam nthn noih ne?
Unit 17 l * l I ~ Gei.Jeuht bouh-deul The uniformed services 209
EXERCISE 5
Three complicated sentences laden with adjectives for you to put
into Cantonese. Remember, keep cool- they aren't so bad if you
work out what the basic patterns must be.
a That young lady who is standing on the left of Mrs Chan is Mr
Wong's 17-year-old daughter.
b Which is the Japanese car you bought when you were touring
in the States?
c This old fire extinguisher of yours is not big enough. How
about buying a bigger one?
Jih-on
Law and order
In this unit you will learn
vocabulaty dealing with law and crimes
about comparative age
how to succeed with verbs
Dialogue 1
Three friends discuss the crime rate.
18
: 0 e
!
iiJ *$ I
: *itiiJII
...
:
' .
A JliiJf o
Unit 18 ffi:ti: Jlh-On!awand order 2 I I
Mrs Lee Ng6h mOih yaht tai bou-jf dou yat-dihng tai-d6u
dr lihng ng6h h6u rhh hoi-sam ge san-mange,
pei-yuh haih mauh-saat Ia. keuhng-gaan Ia. kap-
duhk Ia. da-gaau Ia. da-gip Ia. da-hoh-baau Ia.
dang-dang.
Mrs Wong Leih Taai, nT dT gam ge chihng-fong rhh-jf hai
Heung-g6ng h6u p6u-pin, hai ngoih-gwok h6u do
daaih sihng-sfh dou yat-yeuhng p6u-pin ga.
Mrs Jeung Chihn-gei-nihn ng6hjyuh hai Nau-yeuk. hai
ng6h jyuh ge fuh-gahn. gei-fuh mOih yaht dou
yauh jeuih-on faat-sang, yih-che dou haih ng6h
chan-ngaahn tai-gin ge, daahn-haih dou rhh
gin bun-deih bou-jf yauh bou-douh. Neih h6-yfh
seung-jeuhng jeuih-on do dou gei-gam yihm-
juhng laakl
Mrs Wong Jeung Taai, teng neih gam-yeung g6ng, Heung-
g6ng ge jih-on seui-yihn rhh haih sahp-fan h6u
daahn-haih dou rhh syun taai waaih bol
Mrs Jeung Haih a, jan-haih rhh syun taai waaih. Jeui-sfu
dou-yih-ga-waih-jf ng6h-deih p6u-tung-yahn
juhng gam yat-go-yahn hai yeh-maan cheut-
gaai maaih-yeh.
1t
bou-ji
lihng
mauh-saat
keuhng-gaan
kCip-duhk
d6.-gaau
d6.-gip
d6.-hoh-baau
mh-jt
newspaper
to cause, to make
murder, to murder
rape, to rape
n&
=rrx
fr*b
:Jr.(ilf-El.
ttf:ii
5'1-11
212
p6u-pin
ngoih-gwok
sihng-sih
chihn-gei-nihn
N6.u-yeuk
to take drugs
brawling, to fight
robbery, to rob
purse snatching, to pick pockets
not only
common (widespread)
foreign, foreign country
city, town
a few years ago
New York
gei-fuh almost but not quite
faat-sang to occur, happen, transpire
chan-ngaahn with one's own eyes
*ii!!
bun-deih local, indigenous
bou-douh report, to report
seung-jeuhng to imagine
...... gei-gam- ... how very
IIi! laak!
jih-on law and order, public order
......
seui-yihn ... although yet
1Hffi
daahn-haih
sahp-fcin totally, 100 per cent
jeui-sfu at least
dou-yih-ga- up to now
waih-jf
ttfil
p6u-tung common (ordinary)
gam to dare, to dare to
-{lA
yat-go-yahn alone
l:l:if!j cheut-gClai to go out into the street
Insight
lbings foreign
Ngoih means outside, as you will remember from ngoih-bihn.
Ngoih-gwok outside country is the standard word for foreign
country and as you might expect, ngoih-gwok-ycihn means
a foreigner and ngoih-gwok-w6. means a foreign language.
Ngoih-gwok is contrasted with jung-gwok central country, the
country around which all others revolve, China. The Chinese
have always considered themselves to be at the centre of the
world, just as the Romans did with their tellingly named
'Medi-terranean' sea and this means that it is something of
a contradiction in terms for Chinese in another country to
describe themselves as ngoih-gwok-ycihn- wherever they go
they remain Chinese and so the indigenous peoples tend to be
called foreigners in their own lands.
Clll
=-:
u
5
a
Unit 18 ffij( Jlh-On!awand order 2 I 3
Notes
18.1 P6U-TUNG AND P6U-PIN: 'COMMON'
Both pou-pin and p6u-tlln.g mean common, but there is a difference
between them. Pou-pin means common in the sense of widespread,
universal, two-a-penny: and p6u-tlln.g means common in the sense
of ordinary, normal. A pou-tUn.g-yahn is an ordinary chap, the man
on the Clapham!Shanghai omnibus.
18.2 P6U-TUNG-WA AND OTHER LANGUAGES
Wah means to ~ as you learned in Unit 6, but when its tone is
changed to wa it means speech, language and often appears as
the object of the lonely verb gong to speak. To speak Mandarin is
g6ng Pou-tUn.g-wa and to speak a foreign language is g6ng ngoih-
gwok-wa. You can add wa to the name of any country to give the
language spoken in that country:
Ying-gwok-wa
Yaht-bun-w6.
lung-gwok-wa
Taai-gwok-w6.
English language
Japanese language
Chinese language
Thai language
You already know the words Y'mg-mahn and JUn.g-mahn for
English and Chinese languages and the addition of -mahn can be
made to the roots of other country names too, but it is a risky
thing to do if you have not met the word before - could you have
predicted that the -mahn word for Yaht-bU.n is Yaht-mahn, for
instance? So you are safer to stick to the -wa words.
The mahn and wa forms are not quite the same in meaning. Mahn
refers to the whole notion of spoken and written language together,
while wa really refers only to the spoken language, but in practice
they are mostly used interchangeably.
214
Insight
P6u-tung-wa
P6u-tung-wa is common language, that is, the language
which is to be used throughout China, what in English is
usually called Mandarin and in China is known officially as
Putonghua. One use of p6u-tung is as a way of responding to
a compliment: How beautiful your handwriting is, Mr Wong! -
P6u-tung je. (It's just run of the mill.) But sometimes this very
modest response is said with a cock of the head which belies
its apparent humility and Mr Wong can be understood in a
boastful way to be saying something like I'm just an ordinary
genius, you know!
18.3 UP TO NOW
Dou-ylli-ga-waih-jf seems an awful mouthful to represent up to
now: it may help you to remember it if you analyse it. Dou means
to arrive at, ylli-gii means now, waih-jf means as a stop, so arriving
at now as a stop - up to now. You can adapt the expression to
some extent, for instance, dou gam-nfn waih-jf up until this year
and dou kahm-yaht waih-jf up until yesterday.
Dialogue 2
A thoughtful prisoner makes a special pleading.
: .................................................................................................................................. : ..;r
! ! N
! .iii o !
!
! 111JJIIJf-fl, :n B
! if, .... N?Xft11JfIJ4t, ! 9
! I
: :
Unit 18 ffij( Jlh-On!awand order 2 I 5
I
Judge Neih faahn-j6 tau-yeh jeuih, yih-che jeuih-mihng
sihng-laahp. Ng6h pun neih ch6h leuhng nihn
gaam. Neih yuh-gw6 rhh tuhng-yi h6-yfh seuhng-
sou. Neih teng rhh teng dak ching-ch6 a?
Prisoner Faat-gwun Daaih-yahn, ng6h mihng-baahk, bat-
gwo yuh-gw6 ng6h ch6h-yuhn leuhng nihn gaam
ji-hauh cheut-laih, yat-dihng wan-rhh-d6u yeh jouh,
yan-waih ng6h ch6h-gwo gaam, m6uh yahn wuih
cheng ng6h jouh-yeh. 56-yfh ng6h wan-rhh-d6u
chfn, m6uh baahn-faat sang-wuht, wuih joi-chi tau-
yeh ... gam, yauh wuih joi-chi ch6h-gaam ge bot
Judge Gam, neih seung dfm-yeung ne? Haih rhh haih rhh
seung ch6h-gaam, seung faht-chfn ne?
Prisoner Mh haih a, Daaih-yahn. Ng6h saht-joih m6uh chfn
bei neih faht. Ngaam-ngaam seung-faan, ng6h hei-
mohng neih yih-ga jauh pun ng6h ch6h yih-sahp-
flgh nihn gaam lak.
Judge Dfm-gaai neih jih-yuhn yiu ch6h yih-sahp-flgh nihn
gaam gam noih ne?
Prisoner Yan-waih ch6h-yuhn yih-sahp-flgh nihn gaam ji-
hauh, g6-jahn-sih ng6h wuih haih yat go luhk-sahp
seui ge l6uh-yahn, h6-yfh heui l616uh-yahn gau-jai-
gam, rhh sai joi jouh-yeh laak.
faahn to offend, commit a crime
fftrlti
tau-yeh to steal things, theft
jeuih a crime
jeuih-mihng charge, accusation
216
!b. :fl.
J:Wf
#;;'"
":F.. A
mn:
filii
Erei
;;tA
Notes
sihng-laahp
pun
ch6h-gaam
seuhng-sou
ching-ch6
faat-gwun
Daaih-ycihn
baahn-faat
scing-wuht
joi-chi
faht-chtn
jih-yuhn
16uh-ycihn
gau-jai-gam
established, to establish
to sentence
to be in prison
to appeal to a higher court
clear, clearly
a judge
Your Honour, Your Excellency, Your Worship
method, way, means
to live, livelihood
another time, a second time
to fine, to be fined
voluntarily, willing
the elderly, the aged
relief money
18.4 MORE ON 'LONELY VERBS'
You have met plenty of verbs which normally require objects and
you will recognize more as your Cantonese improves. Tau to steal
is another one and you will notice that yeh things is the supplied
object. But you should not feel that because a verb has a fall-
back object assigned to it you cannot embellish it- you could, for
instance, say keu.ih tau-jo hou do yeh (he stole a lot of things). The
same applies to other verlH:>bject pairings: choh-gaam (to sit in
prison) means to be imprisoned, but you can see from the dialogue
that the verb and its object can be split (keuih choh leuhng n1hn
gaam- he"S doing two years).
18.5 MEIH AND M6UH
Both meih not yet and mOuh have not are used to form questions
with the verb ending -gwo:
Neih yciuh m6uh sihk-gwo luhng-ha a?
Unit 18 ffij( Jlh-On!awand order 2 I 7
Neih sihk-gwo luhng-ha meih a?
These two examples can both be translated by Have you ever had
lobster?, but note that the second one implies that at some time
you probably will try it, so that you might prefer to translate the
first one as Have you ever had lobster? and the second as Have you
had lobster yet?
Meih (but not mouh) can happily be used also with the verb ending
-jo when you want to know whether something has taken place
yet. It is very common to greet someone with:
Neih sihk-j6 faahn meih a? Have you eaten yet?
..... i.ri5f9ht
Greetings
Have you eaten yet? may seem an odd way of saying hello to
someone, but in a culture where food has such a high place
it makes sense. And it is only one of the many greetings
that can be used. You are doing some shopping! Oh,you are
having a chat! You are walking the dog! could all be greetings
in appropriate circumstances. The important thing is to say
something, almost anything polite will do, no matter how
obvious. And since there is no word for Good afternoon, you
just have to make something up on the spur of the moment .
and now you can see why Have you eaten yet? is a common
greeting.
18.6 CAN DO/NO CAN DO?
In Unit 12 you met tai-mh-dou could not see and in Unit 15 carne
wan-mh-dou cannot find. In both cases you were left to guess what
they meant, but you were owed an explanation and it is time you
had one. In the dialogue the prisoner says yat-dihng wan-mh-dou
yeh jouh I'll certainly not be able to find work to do. wan, of
course, means to look for and d6u you met in Unit 8 meaning to
218
succeed in, so wan-thh-d6u means to look for but not succeed in
it - to be unable to find. Here are a few more examples:
tai-rhh-d6u unable to see
daap-rhh-d6u ba-si unable to catch the bus
gu-rhh-d6u keuih haih bTn-go can't guess who she is
The positive form of this pattern uses dak instead of thh, so tai-
dak-dou means able to see, daap-dak-dou means able to catch and
gU.-dak-dou means able to guess. To ask a question you can, of
course, as always, put positive and negative together:
Nei h daap-dak-d6u
daap-mh-d6u ba-si a?
But it would save breath to say:
Can you catch the bus?
Neih daap-mh-daap-diik-d6u ba-si a?
18.7 AS MUCH AS THAT
To stress the size of numbers it is quite common to add a gam (so)
expression, just as in the dialogue the judge says choh yih-sahp-
ngh nihn gaam gam noih. Gam noih means so long a time and the
effect is to say as long as 25 years in prison. Here are some other
examples:
Keuih yauh saam-maahn man He's got as much as $30,000.
gam do.
Neih y6.uh yih-baak bohng gam You weigh as much as 200 lbs.
chuhng.
Ng6h gau-sahp-yat seui gam I'm all of91 years old.
16uh.
Unit 18 ffij( Jlh-On!awand order 2 I 9
18.8 OLDER AND YOUNGER
You will need to be careful with old. L6uh means really old,
elderly, aged and is therefore the appropriate word in the term
for old age relief. But when you are comparing ages (Jack is older
than jill) it would be absurd to use louh if both of them are young.
Cantonese prefers to use daaih big for old in such a case:
Wohng Siu-je daaih-gwo leung
Siu-je.
Ng6h m6uh neih gam daaih.
Miss Wong is older than Miss
Cheung.
I am not as old as you.
It is not impossible to say Keum lOuh-gwo ngoh, but only if I am
already very elderly and he is even more so.
220
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Mr Wong is insatiably curious. Unfortunately, although he writes
down the answers, his memory is so bad he can't remember what
his questions were afterwards. Can you help him by supplying them
(in Cantonese of course)? Here is his list of answers:
a Gam-yaht haih Sing-keih-yih.
b Leuhn-deun Fei-gei-cheuhng bai sthng-si'h sai-bihn.
c Ng6h sing ]eung.
d DT hll sei-sahp-luhk mlln yllt gan.
e Yauh mh haih chat-dfm-jung heui, yauh mh haih baat-dfm-
jung heui, yan-waih keuih saht-joih m6uh cheng ng6h heui.
EXERCISE 2
A quick and simple test. What are the opposites of the following?
a naahm-bihn
d cheut-bihn
gjan
b naahm-yan
e cheut-n{n
h jai
c nt-douh
f chihn-yaht
i jtu-j6u
EXERCISE 3
Ni saam go yahn leuih-bihn, bin-go jeui daaih a?
EXERCISE 4
Tone practice time again. Put in the tone marks on the following
where necessary.
a faai-di! (hurry up!)
c seuhng-bihn (on top of)
e yihng-jan (sincere)
g ngoih-tou (jacket)
EXERCISE 5
b fong-ga (be on holiday)
d suhk-sik (familiar with)
f yi-sang (doctor)
h ngaam-ngaam (a moment ago)
Positive word power: dig into your vocabulary memory and find
a word you know which is similar in meaning for each of the
following.
a bihn-yi
c mh haih jim ge
e mh h6-yih
b ging-chaat-che
d bat-gwo
EXERCISE 6
Complete the unfinished words, remembering to get the tones right.
a __ -wihng (prosperous)
b fong-__ (aspect)
c __ -leih (to repair)
d yahm-__ (any)
e __ -seui (duty-free)
f __ -bihn (convenient)
lf!M
Ging-jai
Banking and finance
In this unit you will learn
how to discuss higher financial matters
19
some vocabulary for your own banking transactions
the more ... the more ...
Dialogue 1
A customer has problems with his bank account.
::
N ! lj--:(!H. !
I
N: !
8
9
224
3':tliln1!.
D. Mll!tMI!f? !
M. I
l!f,
l!f? !
I
Customer Sfu-je, nl jeung yihn-gam ji-piu rhh-goi neih bong i
ng6h deui-j6 keuih, yihn-hauh yuhng g6 dl chfn l
maaih ngh-chin man Meih-yuhn leuih-yauh ji-piu. j=:
Teller H6u ak. Sin-siiang,juhng y(Iuh mat-yeh sih ne?
Customer Nah, nl jeung haih ng6h seuhng-go-yuht ge :
ngahn-hohng yuht-git-daan, haih gam-jiu-j6u 1===.
Teller
siiu-d6u ge. Jeung daan seuhng-bihn se-mihng
ng6h go loih-w6hng wuh-hau seuhng-go-yuht
yauh chek-jih, yih-che juhng heung ngahn-hohng i
tau-ji-j6 yat-maahn-saam-chin man tim. Ng6h i:.
saht-joih m6uh heung ngahn-hohng tau-ji-gwo
yahm-hoh chfn. Ng6h seung-seun ng6h gewuh- !
hau yat-dihng rhh wuih yauh chek-jih. Mh-goi neih j=:.
bong ng6h chah-yat-chah, tai-hah hai bln-douh
cho-j6.
H6u, cheng neih gaau jeung yuht-git-daan bei 1===:
ng6h Ia, ng6h wuih gaau bei yauh-gwaan ge
bouh-muhn. Yauh git-gw6 ji-hauh, ngahn-hohng
jauh wuih se-seun bei neih ge lak. l
Customer Mh-goi-saai. Ng6h hei-mohng neih jeuhn faai i::
wah ng6h teng go git-gw6 haih dfm-yeung.
Teller H6u ak. Ng6h ji-dou lak. :
Customer Mh-goi-saai. Ng6h juhng seung neih bong ng6h j===.
hoi yat go ngoih-wuih chyuh-chuk wuh-hau, h6u
rhh h6u a?
Teller H6u, m6uh mahn-taih. l
Customer A, juhng yauh. Gam-yaht AU-yuhn deui Ying-b6ng i::
tuhng-maaih G6ng-jf deui Yahn-mahn-baih ge
deui-wuhn-leut haih gei-do a? :
Deui-rhh-jyuh, ng6h rhhji bol Cheng neih heui i:::
daih-saam-houh gwaih-t6i mahn g6-douh ge jlk-
yuhn laJ
................................................................................................................................... !
Teller
Unit 19 Glng-:jal Banking and finance 22 5
yihn-gam cash, ready money
ji-piu cheque
Jt
deui to cash a cheque, to exchange
currency
Meih-yuhn or American dollars
Meih-gam
aur
ngahn-hohng bank
JHii!i
yuht-git-daan monthly statement
t&j)J sau-d6u to receive
l'i
se to write
se-mihng written clearly
*fi:
loih-w6hng coming and going; current
(account)
;=;o wuh-hclu bank account
chek-jih (red characters) in the red, deficit
Clll
tau-ji overdraft, to overdraw
i
lE!ffi
seung-seun to believe, to trust
chah to check, investigate
a
$ cho error, wrong, incorrect
y6.uh-gwaan relevant, concerned
bouh-muhn department
m
seun a letter
fii(:i:) jeu hn( -leu hng) to the best of one's ability, so far
as possible
M
hoi to open
'ffif'S
chyuh-chok savings, to save
Au-yuhn (or Euro ()
Au-loh)
Ying-b6ng pound sterling (f.)
1-tlt
G6ng-yuhn (or Hong Kong dollars
G6ng-ji)
yahn-mahn-baih Renminbi, RMB
deui-wuhn-leut exchange rate
_j
jTk-yuhn staff, employee, clerk
226
Insight
Money is tricky stuff, and Chinese words for money are
legion. A favourite slang word for it is seui water, and ng6h
m6uh seui means I'm broke. But even at a more formal level
there are different terms in regular usage. As you can see
from the vocabulary list, the American dollar, the Hong
Kong dollar and the Euro all can use the word yuhn, but
note that each of them has at least one common alternative
form, and none of the alternatives is the same.
Notes
19.1 POSITIVE COMMANDS WITH -16
You first met the verb ending-join Unit 4 It indicates that an
action has been completed. The same verb ending also gives the
idea go ahead and do it!, a polite and gentle exhortation. You will
see an example in the dialogue where the customer says mh-gOi
neih bOn.g ngoh deui-jo keuih - please cash it for me. Often the
final particle Ia gives additional force to the exhortation:
Sihk-j6 kl!uih ICll Eat it up!
You should note that this use of -jo is always accompanied by an
object, either keuih or a more specific noun:
Jyu-j6 tiuh y(l ICll Cook the fish!
19.2 LQIH-W6HNG
LO:i.h-wohng means coming and going, so a current account is
literally a coming and going account. You will sometimes hear
people saying lOih-lOih-wohng-wohng, meaning great to-ings and
fro-ings.
Unit 19 i!flJ!f Ging-:Jal Banking and finance 22 7
Insight
When red is not auspicious
It is hard to find red-coloured things which are not
considered lucky by the Chinese, but to be in the red at the
bank is no more desirable in a Chinese context than in a
western one. It is perhaps significant that the usual word for
red (huhng) is not used, but instead the word chek (which
also means red) appears in the expression chek-jih. Chek has
another meaning (naked) and appears in the term chek-geuk-
yT-sdng barefoot doctors, the practitioners who were trained
to an elementary level in an effort to bring medical benefits
down to the most deprived areas of China as it strove to
develop after the Communist Revolution of 1949. There is a
link of poverty between these two uses of chek, it seems.
19.3 LOOK ONE LOOK!
As you will remember from Unit I 5, yat-h.ah conveys the idea of
doing something for a little while. You can also show this same
idea by doubling a verb with yat in the middle:
chah-ya t-chah
tai-yat-tai
run a little check
have a peep
19.4 CHO MISTAKE
Cho is a very useful little word. Its basic meaning is incorrect,
mistaken and this is the meaning which you will find in the
dialogue (tai-h.ah hai bin-douh cho-jo- and see where the error has
occurred). It can also be attached to other verbs as a verb ending:
Ng6h teng-cho lak. I misheard.
NT go jih m!ih se-cho lak. You've written this chamcter wrongly.
In Unit I I you met the same word cho in thh-cho not bad, pretty
good; and it appears yet again in another useful expression mouh-
cho there's no mistake, quite right.
228
Dialogue 2
Two worried friends discuss the financial situation.
.. ii"F:ii$=ii..
!
N
8
. .
I
I
! lift,
!
I
!
.
I .
.
1:.
A.
1. ::
Mr Wong L6uh Chan. nT gaan jau-lauh dfm-gaai gam sru
I yahn laih bong-change? Neih tai-hah. cha-mh-do
1:. yC:it-bun ge t6i dou haih hung ge. Dfm-gaai wuih
gam-yeung ne?
! Mr Chan Haih al Jeui-gahn Heung-g6ng ge jau-lauh go an-
i gaan dou haih gam-yeung ge Ia. Nrgaan ge saang-
1 yi syun bei-gaau h6u ge Ia. Gam-maahn cha-rhh-do
! yauh yat-bun ge t6i dou yauh yahn-haak, yfh-ging
! syun gei h6u ge Ia.
Unit 19 ilflJ!f Ging-:Jal Banfdng and(lnance 229
Mr Wong Heung-g6ng ge ging-jai jan-haih gam cha me?
Ng6h yfh-waih jf-haih Meih-gwok ge ging-jai rhh
dihmje.
Mr Chan Aai, G6ng-yuhn tuhng Meih-yuhn gwa-ngau
Mr Wong L6uh Chan, 'gwa-ngau' keih-saht haih mat-yeh
laih ga?
Mr Chan 6h, gwa-ngau jik-haih wah: Meih-gam sing, G6ng-
yuhn yat-dihng yiu gan-jyuh sing, Meih-gam dit,
G6ng-yuhn yauh yiu gan-jyuh dit gam-yeung Ia.
Juhng yauh, Meih-gwok ge ging-jai yat-heung dou
haih sai-gaai ging-jai ge f6-che-tauh. Meih-gwok
yauh haih Heung-g6ngjeui daaih ge mauh-yihk
f6-buhn, gam Heung-g6ng ging-jai dfm wuih rhh
sauh-dou yfng-heung ne?
Mr Wong Gam, neih-deih gaan gong-sT sauh-dou ge yfng-
heung, syun rhh syun daaih a?
Mr Chan H6u-ch6i ng6h-deih gaan gong-sTyat-heung jf
jouh AU-jau saang-yi, yfng-heung rhh syun taai
daaih. Bat-gwo jeui-gahn gong-sT choih-gaam-j6
chiu-gwo yih-sahp go yuhn-gong Ia, cha-rhh-do
haih sehng gaan gong-sT yuhn-gong ge yat sihng.
Keih-ta yuhn-gong go-go dou yiu gaam-san baak-
fahn-ji-saam.
Mr Wong Nr chi Heung-g6ng tuhng keih-ta gwok-ga ge
ging-jai seui-teui, neih gu gei-sih sin-ji wuih git-
chok ne?
Mr Chan Hai nTfong-mihn ng6h haih ngoih-h6ng-yahn.
ng6h jan-haih mh jl Ng6h dong-yfn hei-mohng
yuht faai yuht h6u Ia .... Ng6h-deih bat-yuh mh
: ................................ . ~ ; ~ ~ ? ~ ~ ; ~ ~ - ~ ~ ~ ~ ; ~ ~ - ~ ; . ~ ~ ; . : ~ : .. ~ . ~ : . : . ~ . ~ : .......... ...1
bong-chan to patronize, give custom to
t6i table (classifier: jeung)
:Q-Jli: jeui-gahn recent, recently
bei-gaau comparatively, to compare
A'/6
ycihn-haak customer
ging-jai economy, economic
chci poor, not up to scratch,lacking
mh-dihm unable to cope, incompetent, can't
do it
Hf-fi;J gwa-ngau to peg up, to peg
;ltJlr keih-saht in fact, in reality
lciih-ge/ga? final particle: for identification
fl-
sing to rise, go up
Jm-ft
gcin-jyuh following, accordingly
$: dit to fall, fall down
-loJ yat-heung all along, up to now
j(Jt[l!J{
f6-che-tciuh (railway) engine
JriMT
mauh-yihk trade
1*#
f6-buhn partner
sauh-d6u to suffer, receive
ying-heung influence, to affect
ltml
Au-jciu Europe
choih-gaam to cut, reduce
ti!!
chiu-gwo to exceed
yuhn-gong staff, employees
-pj(;
yat-sihng one tenth
gaam-scin salary cut, reduce wages
baak-fahn- 3 percent
ji-sciam
II*
gwok-gci country, state
seui-teui to go into decline, recession
Kie:JR
git-chok come to an end, resolve
5'HfA
ngoih-h6ng- layman, outsider
ycihn
i!! ...... yuht ... the more the more
i!! ...... yuht ...
:i['jm
bat-yuh it would be better if
lohk-heui verb ending: carry on, continue
waih-hclu appetite
Unit 19 i!flJ!f Ging-:Jal Banking and finance
231
Notes
19.5 CHA TO DIFFER
You met chain cha-mh-do (Unit 12), which literally means differs
not much, and hence almost. On its own, cha is not a neutral
word- it implies not just that something differs but that it is less
than desirable that it is so. Short of the mark, not up to scratch,
not as good as it ought to be, could have done better, lacking in
oomph, unremarkable, underperforming all could be translated by
cha, and you can quantify the idea too:
cha-dT
h6uchcl
not quite up to standard
awful, very bad
19.6 MH-DIHM NOT MAKING IT
From the dialogue you can see that cha and mh-dihm both indicate
unsatisfactory performance. Mh-dihm is most commonly met with
in the slang phrase gaau-mh-dihm can't be done, I can't manage
that, he can't cope with it. The positive form is gaau-dihm I can
do that no problem, or gaau-dihm lak that's fixed. Woe betide
anyone whom an underworld boss decides to gaau-dihm- they
get terminally 'fixed' - but don't be put off using the word with
less extreme meaning as it is very common in both positive and
negative forms.
19.7 FINAL PARTICLE FOR IDENTIFICATION
When something is defined or described for recognition by the
listener, the speaker uses the final particle laih-ge that's what it is.
The question form is laih-ga? what is it? and is most often heard in
haih mat-yeh laih-ga? what is it?
Haih mat-yeh laih-ga? What is it?
Haih seung-gei laih ge. It's a camera.
Insight
Continents and oceans
You have now met Au-jau Europe. The other continents are:
A-jau
Fei-jau
Meih-jau
Ou-jau
Asia
Africa
America
Australia
And while we are thinking big, here are the major seas:
Bak-bing-yeuhng
Daaih-sai-yeuhng
Deih-jung-h6i
Taai-pihng-yeuhng
Yan-douh-yeuhng
19.8 SIHNG TENTHS
Arctic Ocean
Atlantic Ocean
Mediterranean Sea
Pacific Ocean
Indian Ocean
Yat-sihng is one tenth, gau-sihng is nine tenths, and the numbers
in between are just as you would expect. Beware that two tenths is
leuhng-sihng .. but you would expect that, wouldn't you? If you
order a steak in a Western restaurant in Hong Kong you will be
asked Yiu gei-do-sihng suhk a? How many tenths cooked do you
want it? (suhk means cooked). You can be as fussy as you want,
and ask for saam-sihng suhk or chat-sihng suhk, or whatever.
Chyuhn suhk is very well done and chyuhn saang would be very
rare, though few Chinese would order the latter. If you like it
medium, you say bun saang suhk half raw cooked. You may also
note that with regard to fruit these same words saang and suhk
mean unripe and ripe respectively.
Unit 19 f.i!ftJ!f Ging-:jal Banking and finance 2 3 3
19.9 MAKING FRACTIONS
Baak-fahn-ji-sahp literally means ten of 100 parts and therefore
ten parts in 1 00 or more normally 1 0 per cent. All percentages are
done the same way, so 12 per cent is baak-fahn-ji-sahp-yih, and
75 per cent is baak-fahn-ji-chat-sahp-:Dgh. In fact, all fractions are
made in this way too:
saam-fahn-ji-yd t
sei-fahn-ji-saam
sahp-flgh-fahn-ji-sahp-sei
one third
three quarters
fourteen fifteenths
19.10 THE MORE THE MORE
There are two similar patterns using yuht .. yuht ... There is
an example of the first one in the dialogue: yuht-laih-yuht-naahn
(literally, the more comes the more difficult) it gets more and more
difficult. You can add any adjective to the yuht-laih-yuht- phrase:
Ch6h f6-ch@ yuht-lciih-yuht-
gwai.
It gets more and more expensive
to travel by train.
Keuih go jai yuht-lciih-yuht-gou. Her son gets taller and taller.
The second pattern does not use laih but instead uses two different
adjectives or verbs to give the sense the more it is this then the
more it is that:
Tai-bo, ycihn yuht do
yuht h6u-waan.
Wohng Taai yuht g6ng
yuht hoi-sam.
234
When watching football, the more
people there are the more fun it is.
The more Mrs Wong talks the happier
she is.
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Give simple answers to these simple alternative questions. You have
a so-so chance of being right even if you do not understand the
question!
a Daaih-wuih-tohng haih bai heung-ba dihng-haih bai sthng-sfh
n ~ ?
b Neih yauh-behng ge sth-hauh gok-dak sjlu-fuhk dihng-haih
san-fu ne?
c Geuk-jai yuhng-laih tthng-che dihng-haih hoi-che ne?
d Neih gu j6u-chaan haih mat-yeh a? Haih yeh-maahn sihk ge
dihng-haih yaht-tau sihk ge ne?
EXERCISE 2
Which of i and ii is the correct translation of the English sentence?
a I can't go there with you.
i Ng6h mh h6-y{h tuhng neih heui g6-douh.
ii Ng6h tuhng neih mh h6-yfh heui g6-douh.
b I can't drive to the outlying islands.
i Ng6h mh h6-y{h bai leih-d6u ja-che.
ii Ng6h mh h6-y{h ja-che heui leih-d6u.
Unit 19 t J f Glng-:jal Banking and finance
c I won't be able to come until this afternoon.
i Ng6h hah-jau jauh laih-dak lak.
ii Ng6h hah-jau szn-ji laih-dak.
d I like eating fruit salad.
i Ng6h jung-yi sihk saang-gw6 tuhng sa-Leut.
ii Ng6h jung-yi sihk saang-gw6 sa-Leut.
e What do you intend to do when you go to Japan?
i Neih gei-si heui Yaht-bun, seung jouh mat-yeh a?
ii Neih heui Yaht-bun ge szh-hauh, seung jouh mat-yeh a?
EXERCISE 3
Write out the English translations of the five sentences which you
decided were incorrect.
EXERCISE 4
0
o Cbahn Saang uk-kei, bjn-go jeui daaih a?
b Nt di yahn leuih-bihn neuih-ge haih baak-fahn-jl-gei a?
c Naahm-ge ne?
d Haih Chahn SOang gau ne dihng-haih Cbahn Taai gou ne?
e Cbahn Saang, Cbahn T aai yauh gei-do go jai a?
j(Sjfc
Yauh-Jing
Using the postal system
In this unit you will learn
words relating to money
dates
duration of time
yet more verb endings
Dialogue 1
20
A post office clerk patiently explains something to an anxious
customer.
:
1::
:
I==
$-aM.
fff-!Ut!!:jf fj :
I
Customer Mh-goi bei sahp go yiiuh-gtian, yah-ngh go yat :
man ge yauh-piu, tuhng yah-ngh go go-baat ge 1::
yauh-piu ng6h. Cheng-mahn gei-sih ytiuh san gei-
nihm yiiuh-piu maaih a? :
Clerk
Sahp-yuht sahp-baat-houh. 1=:.
Customer H6u akl Gam, hah-go-yuht gei-sih ytiuh san stiu-
yaht-fang maaih a? :
Clerk
Hah-go-yuht sahp-yih-houh. 1:::
Customer Nffung seun ng6h gei hung-yauh heui Ying-gwok,
cheng neih bong ng6h bohng-htih, yiu gei-do
Clerk Sahp-yih-go-luhk Ia.
yauh-fai? I===
Customer Yuh-gw6 haih pihng-yauh yiu gei-do chin a? Yiu
gei gei-noih a? 1:::
Clerk Yiu saam-go-yih ngahn-chin. Cha-rhh-do yiu
saam go ltiih-baai.
Customer Nffung seun yuh-gw6 gei gwa-houh yiu gei-do I
Clerk ge stiu-juhk-fai haih saam man. I
Customer seun ng6h ylu bel gO>dO 1.
Clerk Hahm-baahng-laahng yiu sahp-sei go luhk.
C
cluesrtkomer haih shahph-nigbh .... ma .... n.h d' h 1:=:.
uau-.aan sei ou -j d nd , o-je .
Customer Neih-deih ytiuh m6uh dahk-faai yauh-daih fuhk-
Clerk
nr giian )'iuhjjUk taai sai jaahm-11 1:
meih ytiuh, cheng neih heui yiiuh-jing-jung-guk Ia .
................................................................................................................................. :
Unit 20 Yauh:jlng Using the postal system 2 3 9
Clll
:5
llol:
u
-
&
J
yciuh-gaan an airletter form
yciuh-piu postage stamp
{I}\
go-baat one dollar 80 cents
t.c*
gei-nihm memorial, to
commemorate
...... -houh day of the month (in dates)
B sau-yaht first day
seun-fong envelope
fung classifier for letters
hung-yciuh airmail
yciuh-fai postage
pihng-yciuh surface mail
gei to post
gei-noih? or gei-n6i? how long?
ngcihn-chtn dollar
sau-juhk-fai procedure fee, handling
charge
yat-guhng altogether
hahm-baah(ng)-laahng all told, altogether, all
jaau(-fcian)-chtn to give change
dahk-faai yciuh-daih express mail
dahk-faai express
yciuh-guk a post office
jaahm-sih temporary, temporarily
yciuh-jing-jung-guk general post office
Notes
20.1 SUBTLETIES OF CLASSIFIERS
You are now happily at home with the idea of classifiers and the
way in which they help to describe or categorize the nouns which
follow them. Sometimes their ability to categorize makes them of
use in conveying shades of meaning. In the first line of the dialogue
the customer asks for yah-ngh go go-baat ge yauh-piu (2 5 one dollar
8o cent stamps). Now if you think about it, the 'correct' classifier for
stamps should be jeung because of their flat sheet-like nature, but in
this case the customer is not thinking of them as physical shapes but
rather as items, so he uses go instead of jeung. Don't be alarmed if
you occasionally hear people doing such things - mostly it is clear
enough what is meant.
20.2 MORE ON MONEY
When whole dollars are involved, the word for dollar is man as
you know; but when there is a sum of dollars plus cents, the word
for dollar becomes the classifier go with or without the noun
ngahn-chin. So:
leuhng man= $2 and sahp-sei man= $14
But:
h!uhng-go-sei (ngahn-chin) = $2.40c
sahp-sei-go-gau (ngahn-chin) = $14.90c
Fifty cents is more conveniently expressed as a half (bun) in such
sums, so it is usual to say saam-go-bun (ngahn-chfn) for $3.50c,
sahp-tigh-go-bun (ngahn-chin) for $15.50c and so on.
Ten cents as a sum is yat hOu.h-ji or yat houh, so:
Keuih yauh luhk houh-ji.
Ng6h yCiuh ngh houh-ji je.
He's got 60 cents.
I've only got 50 cents.
The smallest coin now in circulation in Hong Kong is the ro cent
piece, so that there is no need to deal in single cents. The ro cent
piece is called yat go houh-ji and the one dollar coin is yat go
ngahn-chfn.
20.3 DATES
The months are simply expressed with numbers (see Unit 17). Days
of the month use the same number word (-houh) that you met for
Unit 20 Wwh-:Jing Using the postal system 24 I
addresses (Fa-yithn Douh yih-sahp-baat-houh) and bus numbers
(sahp-tigh-houh ba-si), so 1 january is Yiit-yuht yiit-houh, 23 May
is Ngh-yuht yah-saam-houh, etc. The years are given in 'spelled
out' number form followed by nihn, as for example with yat-gau-
gau-chiit-nihn (1997). Remember that the general always comes
before the particular, so 30 June 1997 is:
Yat-g6.u-g6.u-chat-nihn Luhk-yuht saam-sahp-houh
And don't forget to add nihn on the end when giving the year!
Insight
1997
The date 30 June 1997 was an important one for Hong
Kong. At midnight, Britain's rule of more than 150 years
came to end, and under the yiit-gwok leuhng-jai (one
country, two systems) policy Hong Kong became a Special
Administrative Region (Dahk-biht hahng-jing kew or
Dahk-kew for short) of the People's Republic of China. The
government of the SAR is headed by the Chief Executive
(Hahng-jing jeung-gwU.n) or Dahk-sau (Special Head as he is
more informally known). An impressive midnight handover
ceremony was televised all over the world, and WUih-gwai
(Reversion, Handover) has become a date marker for Hong
Kong people, who now talk of WUih-gwai-chlhn (before the
Handover) and WUih-gwai-hauh (after the Handover).
20.4 HOW LONG A TIME?
In Unit 6 you met gei-si? when?, the question word asking for a
time when answer. The question word asking for a 'time how long'
answer is gei-noih?:
Neih gei-st heui Yaht-bun a?
Ng6h Sahp-yuht sei-houh heui.
When are you going to Japan?
I'm going on 4 October.
Neih hai Yaht-bun seungjyuh
gei-noih a?
Ng6h hcii g6-douh seungjyuh
leuhng go yuht.
How long do you intend to stay
in Japan?
For two months.
20.5 A WORD YOU CANNOT FORGET
Hahm-baah(ng)-laahng just has to be the strangest word in the
Cantonese language. It is peculiar because each of the three
syllables is completely meaningless on its own and because it
doesn't even sound much like a Cantonese word. Once heard it is
very hard to forget, so we don't think you will have any difficulty
with it. One of its meanings is altogether, as you will have seen
from the dialogue:
Luhng-hd, gciu-sahp-sei man;
ha, saam-sahp-yi h-go-bu n;
hahm-baah-laahng yat-
baak-yih-sahp-luhk-go-bun
ngcihn-chi n.
$94 for the lobster; $32.50
for the prawns: $126.50
altogether.
Its other meaning is the whole lot or all and in this it is usually
accompanied by dou (the adverb meaning all with which you are
now very familiar):
Keuih-deih sehng-gci ycihn
hahm-baahng-laahng dou
jciu-saai lak.
The whole family went away,
every last one of them.
20.6 NOT FOR THE TIME BEING
The last line of the dialogue contains the expression jaahm-slli
meih yauh (lit: temporarily not yet got) for the time being it hasn't
got it. The expression is much used as a polite way of saying not
in stock or nothing yet and it appears to offer hope that soon
Unit 20 Wwh-:Jing Using the postal system 24 3
everything will be alright, but it would be best not to put too much
faith in that hope; sometimes it seems to be merely a kindly way of
saymg no.
Dialogue 2
A tourist plagues his hotel clerk with questions about mail.
ao : ................................................................................................................................ .
Ni
i 1
N-
8 !
1
e. ..... .
o
.
244
Tourist Ng6h gaan f6ng ge seun-jf yuhng-saai lak, neih-deih
juhng yauh m6uh a? Yfl NT dT mihng-seun-pfn chit-
gai-dak gei leng bot Ng6h seung maaih flgh jeung
yiu gei-do chfn a?
Clerk Do-jeh sahp-yih-go-bun Ia, sin-saang.
Tourist Hai jau-dim fuh-gahn yauh m6uh yauh-guk a?
Clerk Gei mihng-seun-pfn rhh-sai heui yauh-guk, hai nT-
douh waahk-je hai jau-dim daaih-muhn-hau yauh-
bihn dou yauh yc'iuh-tung.
Tourist
Clerk
Ng6h rhh haih gei mihng-seun-pfn, ng6h seung gei 1:.
yat go baau-gw6 faan Ying-gwok, dim-yeung gei-
!
Oh, yuhn-loih neih seung gei baau-gw6. Gam. h6u 1:.
yuhng-yih je. Neih sau-sin yuhng baahk-jf baau-h6u
g6 go baau-gw6, yihn-hauh se-seuhng deih-jf. . . l
Tourist Jeui kahnjau-dim ge yauh-guk hai bTn-douh a? 1:.
Clerk Hai jau-dim muhn-hau heung j6-bihn haahng daaih-
yeuk sahp fan-jang jauh dou lak. Dou-j6 yauh-guk !
ji-hauh, neih yiu tihn-se yat jeung h6u gaan-daan 1::
ge gei baau-gw6 biu-gaak. Baau-gw6 gwo-b6ng
ji-hauh. tai-hah yiu gei-do chin, yihn-hauh maaih :
yauh-piu, tip-seuhng yauh-piu, gam jauh dak lakl 1=:.
Tourist Ng6h ge baau-gw6 rhh-haih-h6u-daaih, daahn-haih
h6u yuhng-yih laahn ge bot :
Gam jauh mah-faahn lak, yan-waih yauh-guk rhh 1=:.
b6u-jing baau-gw61euih-bihn ge yeh m6uh laahn
...... ......... .. ...... ...1
Clerk
seun-ji letter paper
mihng-seun-pin postcard
daaih-muhn-hau main doorway
muhn-hau doorway
muhn door, gate
yauh-tung pillar box
baau-gw6 parcel
yuhn-loih originally, actually, in fact
yuhng-yih easy
JIG sau-sin first of all
baahk-ji blank paper
ji paper
-.
baau to wrap up
tf!!.tl:
deih-ji address
ll[
kahn near, close
daaih-yeuk approximately
Unit 20 Wwh:jlng Using the postal system 24 5
Clll
i
3
~ ~
tihn-se to fill in a form
gaan-daan simple
~ ~
bfu-gaak a form
~ J tip-seuhng to stick on
-f*:m
b6u-jing to guarantee
a
nam to think, to think about, to think over
Notes
20.7 YUHN-LC>IH
The basic meaning of yU.hn-lOih is originally, but you will probably
most often meet it meaning in fact, so now I understand how it is.
When people use the phrase they usually are acknowledging that
they had been under a misapprehension about something, so it is
a natural partner of the verb yih-waih to assume which you met in
Unit II:
Ng6h yfh-waih kl!uih haih
Yaht-bun-yahn, daahn-haih
yuhn-loih keuih haih Jung-
gwok-yahn.
20.8 THE VERB ENDING -H6U
I thought she was Japanese but
actually she is Chinese.
H6u of course means good and very, but as a verb ending it
gives the idea that the action of the verb has been completed
satisfactorily:
Neih dr mihng-seun-pfn se-h6u
meiha?
Dr seun ng6h da-h6u lak.
Have you written your postcards
yet?
I've typed the letters.
There is only a slight difference between -hou and -yithn as verb
endings: they both show that an action has come to an end, but
-hou indicates that the result of the action is a satisfactory one.
Insight
Remember:
When giving a year date you must always add nihn to the
figures. Probably you would do best to commit your own
year of birth to memory and practise saying it frequently
- yat-gau-gau-lihng-nihn, yat-gau-gau-lihng-nihn, yat-gau-
gau-lihng-nihn, yat-gau-gau- ...
20.9 SEUHNG AS A VERB ENDING
Seuhng means onto, to go up. As a verb ending it also means on
or onto and you will find that it often matches English usage quite
closely:
se-seuhng deih-ji
tip-seuhng yauh-piu
Mh-goi neih daai-seuhng g6
deng m6u.
to write the address on
to stick on stamps
Please put on that hat.
Unit 20 Wwh:jlng Using the postal system 24 7
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Some of the words in this exercise you have not met for quite a
while. Try writing out your translations of the sentences and if you
have to look up some of the words make a list of them for special
study later.
a Wohng Saang jeui mh jung-yi yam yeuhk-seui.
b Mh-h6u dang-daaih-deui-ngaahn ttli-jyuh ng6h.
c Mh hahp-kwai-gaak ge bou-liu dou dong haih chi-fo.
d Hai daaih-dong d6u-chin dong-yin haih fei-faat lll.
e Ng6h-deih yiu do-dt jyu-yi ng6h-deih dt jtli tuhng neui ge
duhk-sjlu chihng-fong.
EXERCISE 2
Give the Cantonese for the following dates and times.
a 4 June
b 1 July 1997
c 15 May 2004
d 6.15 p.m. Sunday 11 December
e 31 August next year
EXERCISE 3
Choose which of the items in brackets best fits the sentence.
a ]eui sin yauh yauh-piu ge gwok-ga haih (Jung-gwok/Ytng-
gwok/Yaht-bun).
b Sai-gaai daih-yat gaan yauh-guk haih bai (Leuhn-deun/Nau-
yeuk/Gw6ng-jau).
c th-gi2 sai-gaai seuhng jeui gwai ge yllt go yauh-piu haih ( chtu-
gwo yat-maahn tng-b6ng/yat-maahn tng-b6nghnh gau yat-
maahn tng-b6ng).
d y auh-dt deih-fong, yauh-piu dong haih (yihn-gam/san-fan-jing/
fo-bun).
EXERCISE4
Find suitable two-syllable Cantonese expressions using the dues
supplied. The answer to the first one would be cheut-gaai or
perhaps h.aahng-gaai.
a Leih-hoi uk-kei.
b Yat go gwok-ga tuhng daih-yih go
gwok-ga da-gaau.
c Cha-mh-do, jJk-haih ...
d Yuhng fei-gei wahn ge seun.
e Hai se-jih-lauh gwun-jyuh neih ge yahn.
f Yllt go yahn mh jeuk Sllam.
Unit 20 Yauh:ilng Using the postal system 24 9
EXERCISE 5
D6u-cheuhng ge ging-leih h6u mh hoi-sam lak! Ni ngh go
pahng-yauh d6u Leuhn-pun, hahm-baahng-laahng dou yehng-
gan chin. Dou-yih-ga-waih-ji keuih-deih yat-guhng yehng-j6
ngh-maahn-sei-chin-luhk-baak man Meih-gam. Yehng jeui do
ge haih Jeong Taai-taai, keuih yehng-j6 ngh-maahn-sei-chin-
luhk-baak man ge saam-fahn-ji-yat. Daih-yih haih Hoh Sin-
saang, keuih yehng-j6 sei-fahn-ji-yat. Daih-saam haih Wohng
Sin-saang, yehng-j6 ngh-fahn-ji-yat. Daih-sei haih Leih Taai-taai,
yehng-j6 luhk-fahn-ji-yat. Yehng jeui siu ge haih Chahn Sin-
saang, keuih bat-gwo* yehng-j6 yih-sahp-fahn-ji-yat je. (Chahn
Saang wah mh-gan-yiu, yehng ge chin mh do daahn-haih dou
haih h6u-gwo syu!)
a M.h-goi neih nam-yat-nam, tai-hah muih yat go pahng-yauh
yehng-j6 gei-do chfn ne?
b ]uhng yauh ne . ]eung Taai yehng-j6 gam do chfn seung
cbeng dj pahng-yauh yam-jau. l)j jau mh pehng, maaih ngh
go yahn ge jau yat-guhng yiu bei sei-ah-chat-go-bun gam do.
]eung Taai gaau-j6 yat jeung yat-baak m(J,n jf bei fuhk-mouh-
yuhn, yih-ga dang keuih jaau-faan gei-do a?
(*bat-gwo means but, however, but it also can mean only and is
most often used in this way with numbers.)
~ I f ~ )
Wan-jaahp (saam)
Revision (3)
21
Two short anecdotes about horses. The first is an old story about
faith and unflappability. The second is a typical Chinese joke about
someone who gets things wrong through being literal-minded.
Passage 1
Gei baak nihnji-chihn, hai lung-gwok bak-bouh deih-fOng, yauh
yat go sing Wohng ge yauh-chin-yahn. Keuih yauh h6u do yauh
gou yauh daaih yauh leng ge mah, keuih dou h6u jung-yi nr dr mah
tim. Yauh yat yaht, yclt jek h6u leng daahn-haih gei 16uh ge mah
mh-gin-j6.* Wohng Sin-saang dT pahng-ylluh go-go dou gok-dclk
h6u h6-sTk, keuih-deih dou gu Wohng Saang wuih h6u nau, h6u
mh hoi-sclm, daahn-haih ngclam-ngclam seung-f6.an, keuih mh-ji
mh nau, yih-chejuhng seung-seunjek mah h6u faaijauh wuih
fclan-laih tim. Gei yahtji-hauh,jek 16uh mahjan-haih fclan-j6-laih
lak. Dr pahng-yauh dou wah Wohng Saang h6u-ch6i, keuihji-haih
siu-hah-gam wah: 'G6 jek 16uh mah srk louh, keuih wuih wan louh
fclan-laihje.'
(*mh-gin-jo (no longer could be seen) lost, go missing)
Passage 2
H6u noihji-chihn hdi Gw6ng-jau yauh yat go yr-sang. Yauh yat
yaht keuih se-j6 yat fung h6u gan-yiu* ge seun bei jyuh hai daih-
yih go sihng-sih ge yr-sang. G6-jahn-sih lung-gwokjuhng-meih
yauh yauh-guk, yih-che keuih h6u mohng mh dak-haahn ning seun
heui g6-douh, s6-yih keuih giu keuih go jai bong keuih ning-heui.
Keuih deui go jai wah 'Nr rung seun h6u gan-yiu, yiu jeuhn faai
sung-dou bol Noh, geukyuht do yuht faai: neihji-yauh leuhngjek
geuk mh gau sei jek geuk faai ge. Neih bCit-yllh ch6h ng6h jek mah
heui Ia! Faai-dT a!'
Go hauh-saang-jaijau-j61aak, bah-ba dang keuih fclan-laih. Keuih
ji-dou yatjek mah loih-w6hng g6 go deih-fOng dOu yiu baat go
jung-tauh gam-seuhng-ha. Gu-mh-d6u keuih go jai gwo-j61l!uhng
yaht sin-:ji fclan-laih, deui bah-ba h6u hoi-sam gam wah: 'Bah-ba,
ng6h fclan-laih lak. Neih wah faai mh faai nt!? Ng6h seung-laih-
seung-heui git-gw6 seung-d6u ydt go h6u faai ge baahn-faat.
Neih wah geuk yuht do yuht faai, leuhngjek geuk mh gau seijek
geuk faai a ... gam, ng6h laai-:jyuh jek mah tuhng keuih yat-chaih
haahng ... leuhngjek geuk mh gau seijek geuk faai, luhkjek geuk
yat-dihng faai-gwo seijek geuk, haih mh haih a?'
(*gan-yiu means important. You met it in Unit 2 in thh gan-yiu
never mind, it doesn't matter or literally it is not important.)
Exercise 1
Did you manage to work out what seung-laih-seung-heui means?
If you skipped over it, go back and try again. And then make an
intelligent guess at the English equivalents of the following.
a haahng-/aih-baahng-heui
b jau-laih-jau-heui
c Ng6h-deih g6ng-ga g6ng-/aih-g6ng-heui dou g6ng-mh-maaih
lak.
Unit 21 fa[ M ( WOn-jcl:lhp (si.tam) Revision (3) 2 5 3
Exercise 2
Perhaps you know something about horses? Can you say which of
the alternatives offered are correct?
a Yat jek p6u-tung ge mdh daaih-yeuk yduh (ngh-baak bohng/
chat-baak bohnglyat-chin bohng) chuhng.
b Yat jek mdh daaih-yeuk dou (sahp-ngh seuilyih-sahp seuilyih-
sahp-ngh seui) jauh wuih sei ge lak.
c Yat jek mdh muih yaht jeui-siu yiu wahn-duhng (bun go jung-
tauhlyat go jftng-tauhlsei go jftng-tauh) sin-ji wt4ih gihn-hong ge.
d Yat jek mdh muih yaht jeui-siu yiu sihk (sahp bohnglyih-sahp
bohng/saam-sahp bohng) yeh.
Exercise 3
MAY
Thursday
'"diM
/()'30 aM
:3 3CfHM
7 3d"" ------
MI'Y
Friday
Oh dear, it's my memory again! I have to keep a diary or I will
forget what I have to do, but it seems that when I was filling
it in for 2 3 May I forgot to write down what it was I had to
remember! I think this scrap of paper I found in my pocket has the
254
information on it, but it's hard to understand. Can you fill in the
diary entries for me in English, please?
Hai Daaih-wuih-tohng tuhng leung Sfu-je sihk an-jau.
Tuhng Hoh Sfu-je hai Heung-g6ng lau-dim yam-j6 baat go jih jau,
yihn-hauh jauh yat-chaih haahng ngh fan jOng louh heui
tcli-hei.
Dou ll!uih-yauh gong-sT 16 gei-piu.
Heui Wohng ging-ll!ih se-jih-lauh bun go jOng-tcluhji-chihnjauh
yiu da-dihn-wa giu dTk-sf laih lak.
Exercise 4
You have learned a lot of vocabulary now, so much that you know
more than one way of saying some things. Try finding another
word with the same or almost the same meaning as the following.
a daaih-yeuk
d tauh-sin
Exercise 5
b yat-guhng
e gaan-jfmg
c bat-gwo
f dim-gaai
A few more Chinese children's puzzles to make you groan. What
are the (fiendishly difficult) answers -in Cantonese please?
a K2hm-yaht tin-hei h6u yiht. ]eung Sin-saang bai uk ngoih-bihn
jouh wahn-duhng, jouh-j6 yllt go jung-tauh gam noih. Keuih
dou wah mh-haih-h6u-san-fu, mh taai yiht. Dim-gtlai ne?
b ]eung Stn-saang haih yat go laahp-saap-che si-gei, muih yaht
keuih ja laahp-saap-che cheut-gaai ge sih-hauh dou yauh h6u
do yahn ning di laahp-saap laih keuih ga che douh. ]i-haih
gam-yaht keuih ja-che cheut-gaai, m6uh yahn ning laahp-saap
laih. Dim-gaai ne?
c Wohng Stn-saang mh jouh-yeh. Keuih yaht-yaht dou yuhng h6u
do chin, nihn-nthn dou heui leuih-yauh, sih-sth dou mtlaih jeui
gwai ge san che. Yih-sahp nihn ji-hauh keuih sihng-waih yat go
yauh yat-baak-maahn man ge yauh-chin yahn lak. Dim-gtlai ne?
Unit 21 tJg lll! ( WOn-jaahp (sl:lam) Revision (3) 2 5 5
Exercise 6
No two people seem to agree exactly on anything. Here are some
comments by different people about Mr Wong's new car. Can you
put their different views accurately into Cantonese?
a It's a very handsome car.
b It's handsome, it's true, but not as handsome as Mr Cheung's
new car.
c It's not very handsome.
d It's not big enough.
e It's too expensive.
f It's the most handsome car in the world.
g It's much more handsome than my car is.
h It's just as large and just as expensive as Mr Cheung's new car.
Exercise 7
Supply the missing words in the following sentences. Be careful:
there may be more than one possibility and you should try to get
the best.
a Nt ___ sin-saang haih Wohng ging-leih.
b Keuih yza miln dou mh bang bei g6 go m6uh chin ge
yahn.
c Ng6h mah-ma haih baat-sahp-ngh seui gam ___ .
d Keuih laih-j6 -noih a? Ng6h mh jt, daaih-yeuk
leuhng-saam go slng-keih, waahk-je yauh sei go slng-keih gam
___ lak.
e Ng6h ngh-sahp-chza seui, neih hilt-gwo haih sei-sahp-gau seui
je. Ng6h -gwo neih baat seui.
Exercise 8
Usually one person picks up the bill when Cantonese people dine
out, and 'going Dutch' is rare. t i l ~ sometimes it is felt that for
one person to pay for everyone would be too much, so different
shares are agreed. Someone draws a ghost's leg waahk-gwai-geuk
(gwai is a ghost), a ladder diagram with one vertical line for each
person and a share written at the bottom of each. With the shares
covered up, each person can add a horizontal line anywhere in the
diagram or indeed can choose not to add a line at all. Then one
by one they trace out their fate, going down their vertical until
the first horizontal, which they must follow to the next vertical,
down that to the next horizontal, follow that ... and so on down
to the bottom. Six friends have recently had two meals each
costing $2,ooo. On each occasion they agreed to make one share
of $8oo, one of $5oo, one of $4oo, one of $300 and two zero-
sum shares. Diagram A shows the ghost's leg as drawn at the first
meal and Diagram B shows four additional lines, which four of the
participants decided to put in at the second meal. You should have
no difficulty in working out who had to pay how much each time
and how the situation was changed by the extra lines.
Diagram A
Wohng Leih Jeung Hoh Chahn Heui
$800 $0 $500 $0 $400 $300
Diagram B
Wohng Leih Jeung Hoh Chahn Heui
$800 $0 $500 $0 $400 $300
a Wohng Sin-saang A-geuk yiu bei do-dt dihng-haih B-geuk yiu
bei do-dt ne?
b B-geuk haih bzn wai yiu bei baat-baak man a?
Unit 21 ill! 1!11 ( .::=:) Wcin-jaahp (saam) Revision (3) 2 57
c ]eung S'in-saang A-geuk yiu bei, B-geuk dou yiu bei. B-geuk
keuih yiu bei do gei-do chin a?
d Keuih-deih yat-chaih waan A-geuk tuhng B-geuk, gam, btn
wai yiu bei jeui siu chin ne? bJn wai yiu bei jeui do chin ne?
Exercise 9
Each of the sentences in this exercise uses one of the new grammar
patterns from the last six units. If you can put them all into good
Cantonese you can congratulate yourself on having really mastered
some difficult material.
o When my mother speaks on the telephone she speaks quite
slowly.
b This coffee is not hot enough.
c Would you like beer or water?
d That pen of yours which you bought last month is not as
expensive as this one of mine.
e She told me to tell you what time you should come.
f Mr Wong doesn't even like eating lobster.
g Two-thirds of these books are in Chinese.
h He gets richer and richer.
Exercise 10
Translate into English.
Heung-g6ng ge tin-hei hai Chat-yuht, Baat-yuht, Gau-yuht h6u
yiht. Tin-hei yiht ge sih-hauh dT ycihn h6u jung-yi ch6h dTk-sf, ycin-
waih drk-sf yauh do yauh syu-fuhk. Dfm-gaai syu-fuhk ne? Ycin-
waih ga-ga dou yauh laahng-hei. Yat ga dlk-sf h6-yfh ch6h-dCik sei
waahk-je ngh go ycihn, mh-sai h6u do chin, h6u pehngje. P6u-tung
hei-che y6.uh lciahm-slk ge, yauh luhk-slk ge, baahk-srk, huhng-sTk,
hcik-slk, wohng-sTk, mclt-yeh slk dOu y6.uh, daahn-haih dTk-sf mh
tuhng, ga-ga dou haih huhng-slk tuhng-mciaih ngcihn-sTk ge.
Se-jih-lauh
The office
In this unit you will learn
22
some useful terms for the work environment
two or three really colloquial speech patterns to add liveliness
to your conversation
Dialogue 1
Two friends discuss office working conditions.
Unit 221-l*a 5e-jlh-kntl The omce 2 59
260
?
Mr Wong A-Chan, yih-ga cha-rhh-do gau-dfm lo bo, dfm-
gaai neih juhng hoi nT-douh sihk j6u-chaan ne?
IVIh-sai faan-gung me?
Mr Chan IVIh haih, ng6h yiu faan-gung, bat-gwo ng6h faan
gau-dfm-bun a.
Mr Wong Neih-deih gong-sT yauh daahn-sing seuhng-baan
jai-douh me?
Mr Chan Haih a. Yauh gau-dfm tuhng gau-dfm-bun leuhng
baan.
Mr Wong Gam, gei-dfm fong-gung a?
Mr Chan Luhk-dfm fong-gung. Hoi hah-jau yauh gau go jih
sihk aan-jau.
Mr Wong Gung-jok sih-gaan dou-gei cheuhng bol Sihk
aan-jau ge sih-gaan jauh taai dyun lak. Gwo-sih
gung-jok yauh m6uh chfn b6u ga?
Mr Chan Yauh. Muih go jOng-tauh b6u-faan saam-baak-
r'igh-sahp man.
Mr Wong Ou, fei-seuhng ji h6u. Juhng yauh dT mat-yeh fok-
leiha?
Mr Chan Muih nihn yauh yih-sahp yaht haih yauh san-
seui ge ga-keih. Nihn-meih yauh seung-san, yauh
yi-Ruh jeun-tip, yauh jai-neui gaau-yuhk jeun-tip,
neuih-jTk-yuhn juhng y6uh sahp go laih-baai ron-
mfhn ga-keih. Teui-yau ge sih-hauh juhng h6-yfh
dak-d6u teui-yau-gam tim. Wohng Sin-saang fun-
yihng neih ga-yahp ng6h-deih gOng-sT fuhk-mouh.
Mr Wong Neih-deih gong-sT ge fok-leih h6u-haih-h6u,
daahn-haih ng6h taai 16uh lak, m6uh yuhng Ia.
Neih wah juhng fun-yihng ng6h ga-yahp, neih
g6ng-siu mel?
r!Z ... A- familiar prefix for names and
relationships
j6u-chcian breakfast
fcian-gung to go to work
daahn-sing flexible
J:lj)f seuhng-baan to go to work, go on shift
jai-douh system
JD(I fong-gung to finish work
aan-jau midday, early afternoon,lunchtime;
lunch
I-ft
gung-jok work, job; to work
cheuhng long
m
dyun short
gwo-sih overtime
*16
b6u to compensate
(ZJ tei-seuhng 00 extraordinarily
fok-leih benefits, welfare
fr;Tj( scin-seui salary
1NM
ga-keih holiday
seung-scin double salary
fi:Jj yi-liuh medical
$M
jeun-tip allowance, grant
1r3z:
jai-neui sons and daughters, children
jTk-yuhn staff, employee, clerk
fcin-mihn to give birth
teui-yciu to retire
teu i-yci u-gam pension
ftjg!
fun-yihng welcome, to welcome
Notes
22.1 FAMILIAR TERMS OF ADDRESS
In Unit 6 you learned that LOuh old is used with surnames as a
familiar way of addressing someone. You can refer to a younger
person or a child by putting Siu- (little) in front of their name. In both
cases a surname which has a mid low level or low falling tone
changes to a mid rising tone. Another way is to put A- in front of
the surname (again with the same tone changes). In fact the sound
A- seems to be intimately connected with referring to or addressing
people. It can be used with personal names as well (someone with the
name Chahn Ji Bak, for instance, might be addressed as A-Bak by his
family and friends) and it can be used with kinship terms (you could
address your father as A-ha instead of bab.-ba). It is almost as though
when you say A- you are warning your listener that you are about to
talk to them or to talk about a person.
22.2 FAAN-GUNG AND FONG-GUNG
In Unit 3 you met faan meaning to return or to go where you usually
go: one of the examples was faan sb-jih-lauh to go to the office.
GUn.g means work and jouh-gU.ng means to do work, to work. Faan-
gimg means to go to work in the same way that faan sb-jih-lauh
means to go to the office, but to finish work and to leave the office
at the end of the day are both expressed the same way - fong-gU.ng.
It is worth noting for your own use the colloquial way in which in
the dialogue Mr Chan says that he goes in to work at 9 30: ngoh
faan gau-dim-bun.
Insight
Fun with characters
The Chinese character used is an interesting one: it
shows a mouth and a sheep and so indicates the bleating of
a sheep, which is rather what sounds like. The character
for ma? shows a mouth and a horse, but you may find that a
less convincing sound guide- every English-speaking person
knows that horses go 'neigh' not 'rna', don't they?
ma?
22.3 THE LONG AND THE SHORT OF IT
Another pair of opposites: cheuhng long and dyun short. Both of
them can be used for periods of time, as they are in the dialogue,
but they are equally good for distances (a long piece of string, a
short pencil) and even for more abstract things like a long novel and
a shortcoming.
22.4 THE TAIL AGAIN
In Unit 17 you met yuht-meih the end of the month and in this unit
there is nihn-meih the end of the year. Melli literally means the
tail, but since tails are found at the end, it is logical enough that
it should also mean the end and you will probably meet it quite
often. One common expression is daih-mei the last (note the tone
change), which of course contrasts with daih-yat the first.
22.5 SONS AND DAUGHTERS
Jai-new means sons and daughters and you need to bear that in
mind when translating the word children. Only use jai-new where
sons and daughters would be appropriate. In English it would
sound odd to say Oh look, there are several hundred sons and
daughters over there in the school playground- you would say
children. Similarly in Cantonese you would not use jai-new in this
case, you would use sai-man-jai children.
22.6 RELUCTANT AGREEMENT
In the dialogue, Mr Wong is pressed to join Mr Chan's firm, and
he has to admit that the benefits are good but that he is too old
and useless for the job. Note the neat little pattern which allows
reluctant agreement to be shown but with the inevitable but to
come: it is verb-haih-verb. daahn-haih . :
Unlt22 *'*II 5e-jlh-lillll The omce 263
Ng6h jung-yi-haih-jung-yi
keuih, daahn-haih ng6h dou
mh seung tuhng keuih heui
tcli-hei.
Wohng Siu-je leng-haih-leng,
daahn-haih m6uh leung Siu-
jegam leng.
Insight
Double salary
Yes, I like him all right but I
still don't want to go to the
cinema with him.
Miss Wong is certainly pretty,
but she's not as pretty as
Miss Cheung.
As you know, the Chinese have traditionally used both a
lunar and a solar calendar. To keep them roughly in step it
has been necessary to add an extra month into 7 lunar years
in every 19. So lunar years consist of either 12 or 13 months.
Chinese monthly salaries are nowadays usually paid
according to the western solar calendar in which, of course,
the years always have only 12 months, but it has become a
custom among some employers to pay an additional month's
salary every solar year as if it were a 13-month lunar year:
it is the equivalent perhaps of a western 'Christmas bonus'.
That is what is referred to in the dialogue as seung-san
double salary.
Dialogue 2
Interviewing a secretary for a job.
Q ... ------------------------------...
,.., ..
t}P-fi, !til
e
l&gitJt,
-ffi, 3":tfi3Pilo =1':il!3":t1i!iPJI,
W-ilm o
0
D!BJto
Manager Leih Sfu-je, neih san-chfng jouh ng6h-deih gang-sT
ge bei-syu, ng6h ngaam-ngaam gin-gwo neih da-
jih lak, bfu-yihn dou-gei h6u. Neih sTk rhh sTk yuhng
dihn-n6uh a?
Miss Lee Ging-leih sin-saang, deui-rhh-jyuh, ng6h rhh sTk.
Manager Mh sTk me? Hai gam-sih-gam-yaht ge seh-wui rhh
sTk yuhng dihn-n6uh rhh dak bol Gam, yuhng dihn-
n6uh laih sau-faat dihn-yauh, sau-faat chyuhn-jan,
yuhng da-yan-gei laih da-yan mahn-gfn, nT dT gam
sin-jeun ge yeh, neih yat-dihng dou rhh sTk Ia.
Miss Lee Haih, ng6h dou rhh sTk. Chyuhn-jan-gei ng6h gin
dou meih gin gwo, bat-gwo ng6h gu rhh naahn
hohk, yuh-gw6 ging-leih neih hang bei gei-wuih
ng6h, ng6h wuih h6u bei sam-gei hohk ge, seung-
seun h6u faai ng6h jauh h6-yfh sTk yuhng ge Ia.
Manager Neih hai Seuhng-h6i jouh-gwo gei-do nihn bei-
syu a?
Miss Lee Cha-rhh-do yauh sahp-chat nihn lak.
Manager Hai Seuhng-h6i ge se-jih-lauh yauh gei-do wai bei-
syu a?
Miss Lee Jf yauh ng6h yat go haih bei-syu, ng6h yiu duhk-
laahp chyu-leih yat-chai gung-sT ge mahn-gfn,
yih-che yiu jihk-jip heung ging-leih fuh-jaak.
Unit 221-l*a 5e-jlh-kntl The omce 26 5
! Manager H6u lal Ng6h jauh cheng neih lal Bat-gwo daih-yat go
i
1. yuht haih si-yuhng-keih, ng6h seung tai-hah neih ge
gung-jok bfu-yihn sin. Keih-ta cheuhng-sai ge fak-leih
i
1. tuhng gung-jok tiuh-gfn. dang gwo-j6 si-yuhng-keih
i joi g6ng Ia. Neih ting-yaht h6-yfh laih hoi-gung lak.
! ...... ......... .......................................... .
bei-syu secretary
da-jih to type (lit: to hit characters)
biu-yihn performance, to perform
dihn-n6uh computer (lit: electric brain)
gcim-sih-gcim-yaht nowadays
:flt
seh-wui society
sciu-faat receive and send
dihn-yciuh e-mail
chyuhn-jcin fax, to fax
:J'TGP.tl
da-yan-gei printer
:J'TGP da-yan to print
)(14= mcihn-gin document
1$1(.-tl chyuhn-jcin-gei fax machine
)tjl
sin-jeun advanced
.1k.
hang to be willing to
.tilt
gei-wuih chance, opportunity
C.'.tl
scim-gei mind, thoughts
_tjlij:
Seuhng-h6i Shanghai
$i.fl: duhk-laahp independent, independently
Jlf.l
chyu-leih to handle, manage, deal with
-t)J
yat-chai every single one of, the whole
run of, all
jihk-jip direct, directly
fuh-jaak to be responsible
ttfflM
si-yuhng-keih probationary period, trial period
cheuhng-sai detailed, minute, fine
tiuh-gin a condition, terms
M.II
hoi-gung to start work, to start a job
266
Notes
22.7 SIMPLY MUST
You probably found no difficulty with the phrase rl:th s1k yuhng
dihn-nouh rl:th dak bo! (you simply must know how to use a
computer!). Note how the pattern works: it is rl:th + verb + rl:th
dak, that is, if you don't verb it won't dol or you simply must verb!
Here are some other examples:
G6 dT ha neih mh sihk
mhdak.
Wohng Taai wah neih
You really must eat those
prawns.
mh heui taam keuih mh dak.
Mrs Wong says you simply must
go to visit her.
22.8 NEVER EVEN .
In the dialogue Miss Lee says Chyuhn-jan-ge.i ngoh gin dou
meih gin gwo I haven't even seen a fax machine. The pattern gin
dou meih gin-gwo may have struck a chord with you- do you
remember the lihn ... dou ... pattern which you met in Unit 17?
Here instead of 1ihn + dou the same verb appears twice + dou, but
the meaning is still not even. . .
22.9 sAM-GEl
Sam-gei is quite a difficult word to grasp. Its closest equivalent in
English is mind, but perhaps the following examples of its most
common usage will be the easiest way to come to terms with it:
Ng6h wuih h6u bei
sam-gei hohk.
Ng6h m6uh sam-gei heui.
Keuih h6u m6uh sam-gei.
I will do my best to give my mind to
learning it.
I have no enthusiasm for going.
She's very out of sorts/listless/without
en thusiasmlnon-committal.
Unit 22 *"* 5e-jlh-lillll The omce 267
Insight
Poor Miss Lee, the secretary in the dialogue, somehow
missed out on recent progress. If she doesn't know how to
use a computer, she certainly will not know how to seu.bng-
mohng get on the internet, or what wuh-lfuhn-mohng the
internet is.
22.10 DIRECT AND INDIRECT
Jihk-jip literally means directly in contact and so directly. Its
opposite is gaan-jip touching at an interval, that is, indirectly.
22.11 FUH-JAAK TO BE RESPONSIBLE TO
Note the way in which this word fuh-jaak is used with heung. Miss
Lee says in the dialogue that she jihk-jip heung gln.g-lah. fuh-jaak
was directly answerable to the manager. You met heung first in
Unit 6 where it meant towards, but here it may be better to think
of it as meaning something like vis-a-vis or as regards. There was
a similar example in the first dialogue of Unit 19: heung ngahn-
hohng tau-ji to be overdrawn at (vis-a-vis) the bank.
268
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
The following questions all use me? The short answer (either Haih
or Mh haih) has been supplied. In each case supply the long full
answer after the short one. For instance, the first answer would be
Mh haih, ng6h ri1h haih Meih-gwok-yahn. Easy? Well, you may
need to watch your step ...
o Neih haih Meih-gwok-yahn me? Mh haih, .
b Wohng S'in-saang di jai-neui yuht-!aih-yuht-waaih me?
Haih, ..
c Neih meih sihk-gwo j6u-chiian me? Haih, .
d Keuih mh-haih-gei-jung-yi faan-gung me? Mh haih, ...
e tng-gwok-yahn tuhng ]ung-gwok-yahn yat-yeuhng gam
jung-yi tai-bo me? Haih, ...
EXERCISE 2
Fill in the blanks.
o Gau go yahn yat-go-yat-go-gam haahng-louh, daih-yat go h6-
yfh wah haih 'tauh-yll.t go': daih-gau gone? H6-yfh wah haih
'daih-__ go'.
b Wohng Sfu-je sehng-yaht da-dihn-wa __ ng6h, saai ng6h
h6u do sth-gaan!
c Chahn T aai baat-dfm-gau-go-jih stn-ji faan se-jih-lauh. Ng6h
baat-dfm.
Unit 221.1-*a 5e-jlh-kntl The omce
d 'Keuih bah-ba jf-haih jouh-gwo yih-sahp nlhn y"i-sang jauh
teui-yau lak.' 'Wah, gam __ slh-gaanl Keuih dt behng-yahn
tai y"i-sang yat-dihng yiu bei h6u do chfn la!'
EXERCISE 3
Supply an appropriate verb ending in each of the blanks.
a W ai-llhm ylh-ga sihk-__ faahn, chlh-dt h6-yfh cheut-gaai
waan.
b Laahng ah? Dong-yfn mh gok-dak laahng. Ng6h jeuk-__ _
h6u nyuhn ge saam a.
c Ng6h meih si-___ luhng-ha. H6u mh h6u sihk a?
d D1 h1l sihk-___ lak; ylh-g1l !Ibn yflt jek dou m6uh lak.
e Wail Neih wan btn wai a? Hob Sfu-je ne? Ou, Hob Sfu-je
ngaam-ngaam haahng- -j6 lak. Keuih faan-laih ng6h
wuih wah keuih jl neih da-gwo dihn-wa laih lak.
EXERCISE4
Some higher mathematical problems for you to solve (in
Cantonese, of course).
a Wohng Sfu-je ge san-seui mh gau, bat-gwo haih ngh-chln-sei-
baak man yat go yuht. H6u-ch6i keuih nlhn-meih yauh seung-
san. Gam, keuih y7lt nlhn yM-guhng l6 gei-do chfn a?
b Cbahn Saang Sei-yuht ge san-seui haih yih-maahn-ngh-chln
man. Hob Saang Sei-yuht faan-j6 baat yaht gi4ng. muih yaht
16 ge chfn yauh saam-chln man gam do. G6 go yuht Chahn
Saang dihng-haih Hob Saang l6 ge chfn do ne?
c Wohng Taai h6u haan. Yan-waih ch6h deih-tit gwai-gwo ch6h
b a s ~ keuih juhng-meih ch6h-gwo deih-tit. Ch6h sfu-ba dou
m6uh ch6h ba-s{ gam pehng. s6-yi'h keuih h6u s{u daap s{u-ba.
Gam-yaht keuih haahng-louh heui sfh-cheuhng, maaih-j6 jeui
pehng jeui pehng daahn-haih mh san-sin ge ha tuhng-maaih
bun-gan ngauh-yuhk, yauh mtlaih-j6 yat-d"i keih-ta sung.
Ngauh-yuhk maaih sahp-ngh man yat gan, d"i ha bat-gwo yiu
chra-go-bun, keih-ta sung ji-haih sei-go-baat ngahn-chin jl?.
Keuih maaih-j6 ge yeh h6u chuhng, mh ch6h ba-si faan uk-kei
mh dak. Daap ba-si yiu leuhng-go-luhk. Nab, Wohng Taai
gam-yaht yat-guhng yuhng-j6 gei-do chin a?
d Ng6h bah-ba sei-j6 h6u noih lak, mah-ma juhng bai-douh;
yauh sei go h"ing-daih, saam go ji-muih; yauh ng6h taai-taai
tuhng-maaih ngh go jai-neui. Ng6h-deih hahm-baahng-laahng
dou jyuh bai yat cbahng mh daaih mh sai ge tau. Cbeng-mahn
yat-guhng yauh gei-do go yahn a?
EXERCISE 5
The idea of this silly game is to climb the Peak. But it is a game full
of social significance: to live on the Peak (saan-deng) is the height
(so to speak) of ambition for many people in Hong Kong! You will
need a die and at least one opponent (if he/she/they cannot read
the instructions, so much the better for you!). Start at the airport
where you arrive penniless. Just as in real life, it's very hard to win!
By the way, hei-dtm lift-off point and jung-dtm end point mean start
and finish in board games like this.
Deih-tit mh hoi. Faan-dou
fc)i-gc)i-cMuhng.
Unit 22 ~ Sejih-lauh Theo(f.ce
23
wmm--
Heung-gang jau-lauh-yihp
Eating out in Hong Kong
In this unit you will learn
more about cuisines and food
how to be modest
not only ... but also
Dialogue 1
A food-loving visitor talks with a Hong Kong gourmet.
274
B B
Visitor Ng6h laih-j6 Heung-g6ng cha-rhh-do yauh leuhng
go laih-baai lak, deui Heung-g6ng ge jau-ga tuhng
chaan-teng dou ytiuh h6u-gam. Ng6h gok-dak yat go
laih Heung-g6ng waan ge yauh-haak yuh-gw6
rhh heui jau-ga si-hah Jung-gwok-choi, gam. jan-haih
yat go daaih syun-sat lak.
Local Neih h6u jung-yi sihk Jung-gwok-choi me?
Visitor Hai Heung-g6ng Jung-gwok-choi rhh-jfjung-leuih do,
fun-slk chaih-chyuhn, ga-chihn hahp-leih, yih-che slk-
heung-meih dou haih yat-lauh ge.
Local Cheng-mahn neih hai gwai-gwokjouh mat-yeh
saang-yi ga?
Visitor Ng6h haih Faat-gwok-yiihn, ng6h hoi chaan-teng ge.
Local tVIh-gwaai-dak neih deui sihk-maht gam yauh yihng-sTk
Ia. Neih jeui jung-yi sihk mat-yeh Jung-gwok-choi a?
Visitor Gw6ng-dung dfm-sam tuhng h6i-sln Ia.
Local H6-slkjeui-gahn-gei-nihn Heung-g6ng ge h6i-sln yuht-
laih-yuht -gwai. Hai jau-ga sihk-j6 h6i-sln ji-hauh ng6h
yauh-sih rhh gam giu Maaih-daan'. rhh ji daai-laih ge
chfn gau rhh gau. Neih ji-rhh-ji dfm-gaai Heung-g6ng
ge h6i-sln ga-chihn yuht-laih-yuht-gwai ne?
Visitor Waahn-gfng wu-yfhm tuhng chyuhn-kauh hei-hauh bin
nyuhn lo. Ng6h gu jauh haih jihk-jip yfng-heung h6i-sln
ga-chihn ge yiJhn-yiin lak. Juhng ytiuh yat dfm, jauh haih
Heung-g6ng ge jau-lauh tuhng chaan-teng haih sai-gaai
seuhng jeui do, jeui jaahp-jung ge.
Local Ng6h ji Heung-g6ng yauh yat tiuh gaai bat-gwo
leuhng gung-leih gam cheuhng jl-mah, jau-lauh
tuhng chaan-teng jauh yauh chiu-gwo saam-baak
gaan lak.
Unit 23 Hoong-g6ngjciu-Jauh-ylhp Eating out In Hong Kong 2 7 5
W*
jau-ga Chinese restaurant
chaan-t@ng restaurant serving non-Chinese food
h6u-gam favourable impression, good opinion
ffi;k
syun-sat a loss
*IJJi
jung-leuih type, kind, species, variety
chaih-chyuhn complete, all embracing
hahp-leih reasonable
l!.'l!fl!ili:
sTk-heung-meih appearance, aroma and flavour
*
heung fragrant, nice smelling
-Mt yat-lauh first rate
11:11
gwai-gwok your country
.M
hoi to run a business, start a business
mh-gwaai-dclk no wonder
.4tll
sihk-maht
food
yihng-sTk to recognize, be knowledgeable about,
understand
Gw6ng-dung Guangdong (province)
dim-sam 'dim sum', hot delicacies for breakfast
or lunch
--
h6i-sTn seafood
tJI!
Maaih-daan May I have the bill? (in restaurants)
Ji:ljf waahn-ging environment
wu-yihm pollution, to pollute
chj'uhn-kauh the whole world, global
hei-hauh climate
bin-nyuhn become warm, warm up
yuhn-yan reason
dim a point, a spot, a dot
jaahp-jung concentrated, centralized
gong-leih a kilometre
gu-haak customer, client
Notes
23.1 SUNG AND CHOI
Here are a few common terms using choi food or cuisine:
] ung-gwok-choi
Gw6ng-dung-choi
(Bak-)ging-choi
(Sei-)c!lyu n-c hoi
Chinese food
Cantonese food
Peking food (Bak-ging = Beijing/Peking)
Sichuan food (Sei-chyun =Sichuan/Szechwan)
Remember that choi also means vegetables:
Ng6h-deih y6uh yuhk,
dim-gaai m6uh choi a?
We have meat, why don't we
have any vegetables?
Both meat and vegetables are included in the word sung (see
Unit 4), but maaih-choi and maaih-sung mean the same thing -
shopping for food. Confusing isn't it?
Insight
Where does Cantonese come from?
The word Canton probably comes from a Portuguese
romanization of the Cantonese word Gw6ng-dung. Gw6ng-
dung is the name of the province of which the capital city is
Gw6ng-jau.lt is somewhat confusing that Canton became
the name by which the city rather than the province was
known to the west. It is even more confusing that in the
province there are a number of Chinese languages spoken,
of which what we call Cantonese is only one. Casting the
history aside, the situation now is clear: the province is
called Gw6ng-dung, the capital city is called Gw6ng-jau and
the language which you are learning, which is the language
of Gw6ng-jau, is known as Gw6ng-jau-wa. By the way, the
official name of the city is actually Guangzhou, which is the
Putonghua (Mandarin) version of Gw6ng-jau.
Unit 23 i f t l m ~ Hoong-g6ngjciu-liluh-ylhp Eating out In Hong Kong 2 77
23.2 NOT ONLY ... BUT ALSO
The pattern which translates not only .. but also . is quite
straightforward: mh-ji . ylli-che ... (dou) . Dou is not
essential to the pattern, but as so often when plural ideas are
mentioned it is likely to be used:
Wohng Sin-saang rhh-ji sTk g6ng
Ying-mahn yih-che Yaht-mahn
dou g6ng-dak h6u h6u.
Mr Wong cannot only
speak English, his
Japanese is very good too.
23.3 SiK-HEUNG-MEIH
You met meih in Unit 4 in the term hou-meih delicious. Its
basic meaning is flavour. St:k means colour or appearance,
and heung means nice smelling, fragrant (as in Heung-gong
Fragrant Harbour= Hong Kong). The three together make up
the three qualities which ideally all Chinese food is supposed
to have- good appearance, good aroma, good flavour. As
with other set phrases, do not be tempted to use the individual
words outside this phrase. Of the three, only heung is a 'free'
word which you can use in normal speech like any other
adjective/verb:
Chahn Taai, nT dT sung h6u
heung. Neihjan-haih
h6u sTkjyu-sung bol
23.4 HONORIFIC WORDS
Mrs Chan, this food smells
wonderful. You really know
how to cook!
Way back in Unit r you met gwai-sing a? what is your surname?
and it was explained that this actually meant what is your
distinguished name? (Later you met the same word gwai meaning
expensive.) Chinese politeness traditionally demanded that other
278
people's attributes and belongings were always spoken of as
precious, honourable, distinguished and so on, while one's own
were always mentioned as despicable, humble, miserable, etc. In
the dialogue the Hong Kong man is properly polite when he asks
the visitor what his occupation is in his honourable country (gwai-
gwok). Much of the very fancy honorific terminology is no longer
used, you will be relieved to e a ~ but it is still polite to 'cry up'
other people and to 'play down' yourself. You will find that when
you try out your halting Cantonese on someone, he or she will
inevitably come back at you by saying what wonderful Cantonese
you speak- that is the polite thing for them to say. Do not be
fooled into believing them and, above all, even if you happen
arrogantly to think them to be correct, do not reply I know I do
or Thank you very much, I am a genius at languages. You should
always respond by saying, for instance, how poorly you speak it,
how ashamed you are at speaking so little or how you can only say
a very few words.
Insight
The extremes of politeness
Arthur Smith in his famous book Chinese Characteristics,
published in 1900, tells a Chinese story of a visitor who,
while waiting in his best robes for his host to come in,
is drenched in oil when a rat knocks a jar off the beam
above his head. When his host enters, the guest explains
what has happened: 'As I entered your honourable
apartment and seated myself under your honourable
beam, I inadvertently terrified your honourable rat, which
fled and upset your honourable oil-jar upon my mean
and insignificant clothing, which is the reason of my
contemptible appearance in your honourable presence.'
Now, that is politeness!
Unit 23 iftlf!fll Hoong-g6ngjdu-llwh-ylhp Eating out In Hong Kong 2 7 9
Dialogue 2
William has his own way of beating inflation.
N ! ... ...
M!
N'! .
8!
!
I
! ......
j
i .
M:!lfi1Jililo
I
!
280
- .JT. 8
fRJtj -POO 8
*I
Mr Ho Wai-flhm, dim-gaai neih gam haak-hei cheng ng6h
laih nr gaan chaan-teng sihk-faahn a? Haih mh haih
neih gam-yaht saang-yaht a? Gung-heil Gung-hei
neih saang-yaht faai-lohkl
William Ng6h mh haih gam-yaht saang-yaht. M6uh dahk-
biht yi-yih ge, ji-haih ng6h tmg-d6u yat go siu-sTk
wah nT gaan chaan-teng jauh-faai yiu chaak Ia,
ng6h yauh h6u jung-yi hai nT gaan chaan-teng sihk-
yeh, s6-yih ng6h jauh yiu-cheng neih tuhng ng6h
yat-chaih laih sihk-faahn je.
Mr Ho Ng6h mhji-dou neih gamjUng-yi nTgaan gauh
chaan-teng ge bo.
Wi IIi am Hai h a, ng6h juhng h6u jUng-yi waaih-gauh tim.
Yil ... dim-gaai gam-yaht chaan-paai drsung gwai-
gwo kahm-yaht ge gam doge? Ng6h kahm-yaht
ngaam-ngaam sin-ji hai nr-douh sihk-gwo faahn jel
Waitress Deui-mh-jyuh Ia. sin-saang, neih-deihjan-haih mh
h6u-ch6i lak. Ng6h-deih gaan chaan-teng ngaam-
ngaam yauh gam-yaht hoi-chi ga-ga. Yuh-gw6
neih-deih kahm-yaht laih sihk-faahn. ng6h-deih ge
chaan-teng juhng-meih ga-ga.
William Neih-deih kahm-yaht ge sihk-maht chyuhn-bouh
dou haih maaih gauh game?
Waitress
William
Haiha.
Gam h6u ak. Ng6h yiu yat tiuh kahm-yaht neih-deih
maaih-jihng ge yauh-seui yu, yat gan kahm-yaht
maaih-jihng ge yauh-seui ha. tuhng-maaih yat dT
kahm-yaht maaih-jihng ge saang-gw6 tim.
MrHo Hal Yuhn-loih neih deui sihk-maht dou waaih-gauh ge.
saang-yaht birthday
$-!=I gung-heil congratulations!
tR*
faai-lohk happy
*1,ijlj dahk-biht special, especially
yi-yih meaning, significance
siu-sik news, item of news, information
.wttR
jauh-faai soon
chaak to demolish, tear down
yiu-cheng to invite
tjfl waaih-gauh nostalgia, to be nostalgic
chaan-paai menu
.M.!za
hoi-chi to begin, to start
;/Jrl'fl ga-ga to increase price
chyuhn-bouh all, the whole lot
...... -jihng verb ending: left over, surplus
!!
yu fish
*I
hal 'the sound of laughter', hal hal
Unit 23 iftlf!UI Hoong-g6ngj4u-liluh-ylhp Eating out In Hong Kong 2 8 I
Insight
Different restaurants
You have now met three different words for restaurant: jau-
lciuh, jau-ga and chCian-teng. The first two are used in the
titles of restaurants serving Chinese food and both include
jau in the name, probably reflecting the fact that Chinese
people generally only drink alcohol when they are eating on
special occasions. Restaurants which call themselves chaan-
teng serve styles of cuisine other than Chinese.
There is a similar distinction in words for eating. Sihk-faahn
would normally imply eating a proper meal of Chinese food,
whereas sihk-chaan means to have a meal of western food or
some other non-Chinese variety. English-style breakfast is quite
popular with many Chinese and the word for breakfast used
nowadays is usually j6u-chCian, but the evening meal is maahn-
faahn or maahn-chaan depending on the style of food eaten.
Oddly, there is no distinction in the normal pair of words which
contrast western and Chinese cuisines. Western food is scii-chaan,
as you might expect, but Chinese food is Tohng-chaan.
Notes
23.5 BIRTHDAYS
Saang means either to be born or to give birth to. Saang-yaht is
the day of birth, birthday. Saang-yaht is unusual in that although
it doesn't appear to be a verb it doesn't seem to need any other
verb either. Note the first speech of Mr Ho in the dialogue: Haih
mh haih neih gam-yaht saang-yaht a? -Is it your birthday today?
What he actually seems to be saying is Is it the case that you are
birthdaying today? Don't worry about it, just accept that this is
how saang-yaht is usually used.
23.6 INVITING PEOPLE
Yiu-ching means to invite and so does cheng (which is actually a
colloquial version of the second element in yiu-dling). There is no real
difference in meaning, but yiu-dtfng is slightly more formal than cheng.
23.7 STARTING FROM ..
Yauh means from (see Unit 6) and it pairs with hO:i-du to begin
to make a pattern for starting from. . . . In the dialogue the waiter
says yauh gam-yaht hOi-chi meaning starting from today. You can
use the pattern quite freely:
Yauh luhk-dfm-jong hoi-chi. ...
Yauh sahp-baat seui hoi-chi
keuihjauh meih sihk-gwo
yuhkla .
From 6 o'clock onwards ....
She hasn't had meat since
she was 18.
......................................................................................................
Insight
Swimming seafood
Cantonese cuisine excels in its treatment of seafood, but
the food is only considered properly fresh if it is alive
until the last possible moment before cooking. The best
seafood restaurants (h6i-sTnjau-gCl) have large saltwater
tanks in which the fish, prawns and shellfish are kept alive
and customers can select what they wish to eat from this
swimming seafood (yciuh-seui h6i-sTn).
Unit 23 iftlf!UI Hoong-g6ngj4u-liluh-ylhp Eating out In Hong Kong 2 8 3
TEST YOURSELF
EXERCISE 1
Select the words which will make sense of the following sentences.
a Heung-g6ng yauh h6u do (yat-guhnglyat-chailyat-lauhlyat-sth}
ge jau-dim.
b ]eui-gahn-gei-nthn Heung-g6ng ge (gt.ng-leihlgtng-gwo/gt.ng-
jai) yuht-laih-yuht-h6u.
c Hai Heung-g6ng, gfng-chaat (gwan-yahnldaaih-yahnllaai-
yahnR6uh-yahn) yat-dihng yiu yauh leih-yauh.
d Heung-g6ng ge ba-s{ sJ-gei hoi-gung ge sih-hauh yiu jeuk
(gwan-fuhk!bihn-fuhklsjiu-fuhkljai-fuhk).
e Ng6h-deih gei-sih yauh (san-seuilyauh-seuilsaan-seuilyeuhk-
seui) 16 a?
EXERCISE 2
When you have read the following passage carefully, answer the
two questions in Cantonese.
Hai Hoh Sin-saang ok-kei bak-bihn leuhng gong-leih g6-douh yauh
yat gaan hohk-haauh. Hai hohk-haauh dung-bihn flgh gong-leih
haih yat gaan yi-yun. Hcii yi-yun naahm-bihn leuhng gung-leih
jauh haih ging-chaat-guhk lak. Meih-gwok ngahn-hohng hcii ging-
chaat-guhk sai-bihn saam gong-leih g6-douh. Cheng-mahn:
a Yauh ngahn-hOhng heui Hoh Saang uk-kei yauh get-do gang-
leih a?
b Ngahn-hohng hai Hoh S!Jang uk-kei btn-bihn a?
EXERCISE 3
Here are some Chinese brainteaser 'old chestnuts' for you to solve:
o Sfu-]eung wah: 'Ng6h san-tai chuhng-leuhng ge yllt bun joi
ga yih-sahp bohng jauh haih ng6h san-tai ge chyuhn-bouh
chUhng-leuhng lak. Cheng-mahn ng6h haih gei-do bohng a?'
b y auh yat yeuhng yeh, neih j{ h6-yfh yuhng j6-sau ntng, mh h6-
yfh yuhng yauh-sau ning. Neih gt4 haih mat-yeh ne?
c Sfu-Wong wah: 'Ng6h yth-ga gei-do seui ng6h mh wah neih jt,
daahn-haih saam nthn jt-chthn g6-jahn-sth ngllam-ngllam jauh
haih ng6h saam nthn jt-hauh ge baak-fahn-jt-saam-sahp-saam.
Gam, neih jt mh jt ng6h yih-ga gei-do seui a?'
d Wohng Stn-saang daai-j6 yllt-baak mlln cheut-gllai. Hai pou-
tau maaih-j6 saam bun s-Yu, muih bun dou haih yih-sahp-ngh
man. Daahn-haih pou-tau ge fuhk-mouh-yuhn jf-haih jaau-
faan ngh man keuih. Dfm-gaai ne?
EXERCISE4
Can you remember your colours? Give the answers to the
following in Cantonese.
o Neih ja-che gin-d6u huhng-dang yiu jouh mat-yeh ne?
b Laahm-stk ga mat-yeh stk haih luhk-stk a?
c Laahm-stk ga hUhng-stk haih mat-yeh stk a?
d H6u do h6u do nthn jt-chthn h6u gauh ge dihn-yfng haih mat-
yeh stk a?
Unit 23 i f t l m ~ Hoong-g6ngjciu-liluh")'lhp Eating out In Hong Kong
EXERCISE 5
Can you interpret for your friend who is about to foot the bill for
a meal in a restaurant? Unlike you he has not taken the trouble to
learn Cantonese.
Friend
You
Waiter
You
Friend
You
Waiter
You
Friend
You
Waiter
You
Friend
You
Waiter
You
Wow! The seafood here is really delicious, very fresh
and beautifully cooked. All three of the ideal
qualities were superbly realized.
a
Ng6h-deih nr-douh dT yu dou haih yauh-seui ge,
dong-yfn san-sin Ia!
b
May I have the bill, please?
c
Do-jeh. Yih-chin-baat-baak-gau-sahp man.
d
What?! So much? That's really not cheap!
e
Sin-saang neih yiu ji-dou, yih-ga yauh-seui yu dahk-
biht naahn-maaih. Juhng yauh ne, ng6h-deih jau-ga
sung faai-jf, muih go gu-haak sung yat deui.
f
I have never bought such expensive chopsticks
before. OK. It wasn't cheap but it was worth it.
Here's $3,000.
g
Do-jeh.
h
EXERCISE 6
Supply the bubble caption in Cantonese: This is a beautiful fish,
sure to be very tasty. Who will give $1,000?
Unit 23 Heunggongjciu-lciuh-yihp Eating out in Hong Kong
Pf1lf
Sih-hou
Leisure activities
In this unit you will learn
about hobbies and the hidden dangers therein
a final word on dou
how to show immediate sequence of events
Dialogue 1
Mr Cheung has changed his habits and Mr Wong wonders why.
,., ::
: I
1- !
N:
e 1Jia.
288
I gj (!(Jifi
ti*x
MPf!l.
Mr Wong L6uh-Jeung, ng6h ji-dou neih ge sih-hou haih
ch6uh-yauh-piu tuhng jOk-kei, yauh-sih dou gin
neih yfng-seung tuhng waahk-wa, daahn-haih m6uh
lllC]t gin neih tiu-m6uh waahk-je saan-bouh ge bol
Mr Cheung Haih a! Yauh-keih nT-gei-go-yuht ng6h waahk-
j6 h6u do fok wa. Daahn-haih wahn-duhng ne,
"hn yat chi dou m6uh jouh-gwo. Ng6h jeui jang
wahn-duhng ge lak.
Mr Wong Dfm-gaai jeui-gahn ng6h gin neih maahn-
maahn sihk-yuhn faahn ji-hauh jauh yat-go-yahn
leih-hoi ok-kei heui m-yun saan-bouh ne? Daih-
yat chi gin-d6u neih, ng6h juhng yfh-waih neih
rhh-gin-j6 yeh, cheut-laih wan, daahn-haih neih
rhh wuih maahn-maahn dou rhh-gin-j6 yeh ga.
Mr Cheung Ail Ng6h laih saan-bouh haih yauh go muhk-drk ge.
Mr Wong G6 go muhk-dik haih rhh haih bei-maht ga? H6
rhh h6-yfh g6ng bei ng6h teng a?
Mr Cheung tvlh haih bei-maht, ng6h jf-haih seung leih-hoi
Ok-kei yat-jahn je.
Mr Wong Jan keih-gwaai lakl Neih yat-heung dou jung-yi
lauh hoi Ok-kei, h6u sfu cheut-gaai ge bol
Mr Cheung L6uh-saht g6ng neih teng Ia, jeui-gahn ng6h go
neui chaam-ga-j6 cho-kap gong-kahm fan-lihn-
baan: ng6h taai-taai yauh chaam-ga-j6 go-kehk
fan-lihn-baan. Maahn-faahn ji-hauh jauh haih
................................... .......... ...l
sih-hou
ch6uh-yauh-piu
juk-kei
waahk-w6.
tiu-m6uh
saan-bouh
hobby
to collect stamps
to play chess
to paint, to draw
to dance
to stroll, to go for a walk
Unit 2t. JI!M- Slh-hou Leisure activities 2 8 9
Ill
fOk classifier for paintings, dmwings
and photogmphs
1ti
jcing to hate, detest
rhh-gin-j6 lost, to lose, to mislay
ail alas! (a sigh)
!W muhk-dTk purpose, aim, goal
bei-maht secret
yat-jahn( -gaan) a moment, in a moment, for
a moment
keih-gwaai strange, weird, odd
ii
lciuh to stay, to remain; to leave behind
f)Jijt
cho-kap elementary, first grade
gong-kcihm piano
fan-lihn-baan training class
!It
fan-lihn training, to train
lftjlj
go-kehk opera
lihn-jaahp to practise
Notes
24.1 M6UH MAT NOT MUCH
Ngoh m6uh mat(-yeh) chin means I haven't got much money.
Mat-yeh in this case changes its spots and instead of being a
question word, comes to mean whatever (I haven't got any money
whatever). All the question words can perform the same trick -
bin-go whoever, bin-douh wherever, ge.i-do however much, ge.i-sf
whenever, dfm-yeung however:
Neih heui bTn-douh a?
Ng6h bTn-douh dou rhh heui.
Neih gei-st heui Ying-gwok a?
Ng6h gei-st dou rhh heui.
Where are you going?
I'm not going anywhere. (I'm
not going to any wherevers.)
When are you going to Britain?
I'm not going anytime.
24.2 THESE LAST FEW
In Unit 19 you met jeui-gahn recently, recent. Jeui-gahn-gei-nihn
means in the last few years and another way of saying the same
thing is ni-gei-nihn. You can extend either of the patterns to days,
weeks and months too:
jeui-gahn-gei-yaht nT-gei-yaht
jeui-gahn-gei-go-laih-baai nT-gei-go-
laih-baai
these last few days
these last few weeks
jeui-gahn-gei-go-yuht nT-gei-go-yuht these last few months
And gei is not essential to these patterns: you can be more specific
if you wish, although normally only small numbers are involved:
jeui-gahn leuhng-saam yaht these last two or three days
nr leuhng-saam yaht
jeui-gahn sei-ligh nihn nT sei- these last four or five years
ligh nihn
24.3 MH-GIN-16 LOST
Mh-gin-joliterally means became unseen, not seen any more and it
is a useful way of saying that you have lost or mislaid something:
Ng6h rhh-gin-j6 ng6h dT chin;
rhh-ji haih rhh haih bei
yahn tau-:j6 ne?
Keuih rhh-gin-:j6 yahn lak.
24.4 FOR A MOMENT
I can't find my money; I wonder
if it's been stolen?
She went missing.
Yat-jahn (or its longer form yat-jahn-gaan) means a moment of
time. It can be used as either a specific time or a duration of time
Unit 2t. JI!M- Slh-hou Leisure activities 29 I
and its position can therefore be either in front of or after the verb
in a sentence:
Ng6h yat-jahn lohk-laih leU
H6u ldl daahn-haih ng6h ji h6-
yih lohk-laih yat-jahn jel
24.5 IN YOUR OPINION
I'll be down in a moment!
OK, but I can only come down for
a moment!
Just in case you have not picked it up without being told, neih-wah
or neih-tai (you say or you see) both are used in the sense in your
opinion. Similarly, ngoh-wah or ngoh-tai can mean in my opinion.
Insight
It's the same the whole world over!
The hobbies mentioned in the dialogue are much as you
might find anywhere in the world: Cantonese people like
sport and games and collecting things. Mind you, the chess
may well be Chinese Chess, which is played on a different
board with different pieces and operates with different rules
from western chess, or it might be Waih-kei Surrounding
Chess, which is played with black and white stones on the
intersections of the lines on a multi-squared board: it tends
to be known in the west under its Japanese name Go. One
hobby which is much more common with the Chinese than
with westerners is calligraphy (syu-faat). Writing Chinese
characters with a brush is a very high art form in China and
Japan and many people spend hours painstakingly cultivating
their skill.
Dialogue 2
Two mothers discuss the changing leisure pursuits of the young.
!
*
-FofiOK,
1:.
! A 13 13
i
I
1
. o A iiJ o
1.
NJto
1:. Mrs Wong Ng6h gok-dak yih-ga dr hauh-saang-jai tuhng
ng6h-deih hauh-saang ge sih-hauh h6u mh tuhng.
! Mrs Lee Neih g6ng bTn fong-mihn mh tuhng ne?
.:
1:: Mrs Wong Ng6h g6ng ge haih sih-hou fong-mihn. Ng6h-
deih hauh-saang ge sih-hauh h6u jU ng-yi jung-fa.
yeuhng-yu, yeuhng-jeuk. yeuhng-gau, yeuhng-
! rna au dang-dang. Daahn-haih yih-ga dr hauh-
1:. saang-jai jauh jUng-yi heui dik-sih-gou, ka-laai-
ou-kei, waan dihn-n6uh yauh-hei, tuhng-maaih
! seuhng-m6hng, nr dT gam-yeung ge yeh.
! Mrs Lee Haih a. ng6h go jai h6-yih yat-go-yahn deui-jyuh
I ga dihn-n6uh yauh-hei-gei waan yat maahn dou
! mh gok-dak guih, mh gok-dak muhn. Neih-wah,
! keuih deui nrfong-mihn gei yauh hing-cheui ne.
N'
c
v
Unit 2t. JJ!M- Slh-hou Leisure activities 29 3
:
!: Mrs Wong Leih Taai, neih yiu hyun neih go jai mh-h6u waan
gam do dihn-n6uh yauh-hei lak. Jyun-ga wah
! yuh-gw6 yat-go-yahn jaahp-gwaan jih-gei tuhng
I jih-gei waan yauh-hei, jauh wuih kyut-faht tuhng
biht-yahn kau-tung, jihm-jim jauh wOih yeuhng-